2019 Equinox - my.chevrolet.com · Using this Manual To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is

2019 Equinox

EquinoxOwner’s Manual

84134729 Achevrolet.com (U.S.)chevrolet.ca (Canada)

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CHEV_Equinox_COV_en_US_84134729A_2018APR13.ai 1 4/4/2018 12:06:28 PM19_CHEV_Equinox_COV_en_US_84134729A_2018APR13.ai 1 4/4/2018 12:06:28 PM

Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-12145779) - 2019 - crc - 3/29/18

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 29

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 111

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 168

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 177

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 367

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 386

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 396

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, andEQUINOX are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment that

was not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

About Driving the VehicleAs with other vehicles of this type,failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss ofcontrol or a crash. Be sure to readthe driving guidelines in this manualin the section called “Driving andOperating” and specifically DriverBehavior 0 178, DrivingEnvironment 0 179, and VehicleDesign 0 179.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84134729 A First Printing ©2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

+ : Fuses

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist


4 Introduction

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Start/Stop

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Passenger Sensing System . . . 14Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 20Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Forward Automatic

Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 21Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 22Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 22Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Universal Remote System . . . . . 23Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 25Fuel (LYX - 1.5L L4 Turbo

Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Fuel (LTG - 2.0L L4 TurboEngine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 26Driving for Better Fuel

Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . 27Diesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 28Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 174.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 164.

IntelliBeam® System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 160.

3. Instrument Cluster (Base andMidlevel) 0 120 or InstrumentCluster (Uplevel) 0 124.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level andMidlevel) 0 141 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 146.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 112.

5. Infotainment 0 168.

6. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 163.

7. Hazard Warning Flashers0 163.

8. Climate Control Systems 0 169(If Equipped).

Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 171 (If Equipped).

9. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 64 (If Equipped).

10. Power Outlets 0 115.

11. Wireless Charging 0 116 (IfEquipped).

12. USB Port. See the infotainmentmanual.

Auxiliary Input Jack. See theinfotainment manual.

13. All-Wheel Drive 0 214 (IfEquipped).

Tow/Haul Mode 0 213.

14. Electric Parking Brake 0 215.

15. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 210.

Manual Mode 0 212.

16. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 194.

17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 112.

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 218.

18. Horn 0 112.

19. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 112 (Out of View).

20. Cruise Control 0 222.

Heated Steering Wheel 0 112(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 240 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 248(If Equipped).

21. Hood Release. See Hood0 277.

22. Fog Lamps 0 164 (IfEquipped).

23. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 160.

24. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 132.

25. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 165.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Stop/Start SystemIf equipped, the Stop/Start systemwill shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. It has componentsdesigned for the increased numberof starts.

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 128. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedal ispressed, the engine will restart. SeeStop/Start System 0 198 in Drivingand Operating.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

With Power Liftgate Shown

Press the button on the side of theRKE transmitter to remove the key.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button. The key can beused for all locks.

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors depending on vehiclepersonalization settings.

For vehicles with the manualliftgate, unlocking all doors will alsounlock the liftgate.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

b : If equipped with the powerliftgate, press twice quickly to openor close the liftgate.

7 : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. Press and hold for atleast three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. Press 7 again tocancel the panic alarm.

/ : Press Q and release and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start theengine from outside the vehicle.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36.

See Keys 0 29 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 30.


In Brief 9

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the vehicle fromthe outside, press Q or K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Q : Press to lock the doors. Theindicator light in the switch will comeon when the door is locked.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

See Door Locks 0 38.

To manually unlock a door frominside the vehicle, pull once on thedoor handle to unlock it, and asecond time to open it.

Keyless Access

Press the button on the driver doorhandle when the RKE transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft) of the driver doorhandle. When unlocking from thedriver door, the first press unlocksthat door; press again withinfive seconds to unlock all passengerdoors. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 30.


10 In Brief

Liftgate

Manual Liftgate Operation

Unlock the vehicle before openingthe liftgate.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad under the liftgate handle andlift up.

Do not press the touch pad whileclosing the liftgate. This may causethe liftgate to be unlatched.

Power Liftgate Operation

To operate the power liftgate, thevehicle must be in P (Park). Thetaillamps flash when the powerliftgate moves.

Choose the power liftgate mode byturning the dial on the switch toeither the 3/4 or MAX position.Press8 to open or close theliftgate.

Hands-Free Liftgate

The liftgate will not operate if theRKE transmitter is not within1 m (3 ft).

To operate, kick your foot straight upin one swift motion under the rearbumper between the left exhaustpipe and the license plate, then pullit back.

See Liftgate 0 42.

Windows

Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or in Retained Accessory Power(RAP). See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 200.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.


In Brief 11

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

See Power Windows 0 52.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Front Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever up or down tomanually raise or lower the seat.

See Seat Adjustment 0 59.

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline the manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.


12 In Brief

To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.

Power Driver Seat

To adjust a power driver seat,if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 59.

To recline a power seatback,if equipped:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.

Memory Features

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.


In Brief 13

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.

When Seat Entry Memory isenabled in vehicle personalization,positions previously saved tomemory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY.

When Seat Exit Memory is enabledin vehicle personalization, thefeature automatically recalls thepreviously saved exit position whenexiting the vehicle.

Memory adjustments may not beavailable upon delivery or afterservice until steps in “SavingMemory Positions” section areperformed. See Memory Seats 0 61.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

If available, the buttons are on theclimate control panel. To operate,the engine must be running.

To heat the driver or passengerseat, press L or M. Indicator lightson the button show the currentsetting.

To ventilate the driver or passengerseat, press { or C. Indicator lightson the button show the currentsetting.

Press the heated or ventilatedbutton once for the highest setting.With each press of the button, theheated or ventilated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 64.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 57 and SeatAdjustment 0 59.


14 In Brief

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 69

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 70

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 72

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 96

Passenger SensingSystem

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 83.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will light on the overheadconsole when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 131.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Pressj or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

See Power Mirrors 0 50.


In Brief 15

Interior

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror to clearlyview the area behind the vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind. SeeManual Rearview Mirror 0 51.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

If equipped, the mirror willautomatically reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thedimming feature comes on when thevehicle is started. See AutomaticDimming Rearview Mirror 0 51.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this feature


16 In Brief

and the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading Lamps

There are reading lamps on theoverhead console and over the rearpassenger doors. These lampscome on when any door is opened.

Front Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

Rear Reading Lamps

Press the lamp lens to turn the rearpassenger reading lamps on or off.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 165.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 160

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 162

. Fog Lamps 0 164


In Brief 17

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

Turn the end of the windshield wiperlever to operate the rear windowwiper/washer.

OFF : Turns the system off.

INT : Intermittent wipes.

ON : Slow wipes.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. The leverautomatically returns to its originalposition when released.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 112 and Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 113.


18 In Brief

Climate ControlsThe vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlledwith these systems.

Climate Control System

1. Fan Control

2. MAX Defrost

3. Defrost/Defog

4. A/C (Air Conditioning)

5. Temperature Control

6. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

7. Recirculation

8. Air Delivery Mode Controls

9. Rear Window Defogger


In Brief 19

Dual Automatic Climate Control System

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. MAX Defrost



5. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats (If Equipped)

6. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

8. Fan Control

9. Power

10. Recirculation


See Climate Control Systems 0 169(If Equipped) or Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 171 (IfEquipped).

Transmission

Electronic Range Select(ERS) Mode

ERS or manual mode allows for theselection of the range of gearpositions. Use this mode whendriving downhill to limit the top gearand vehicle speed. See ManualMode 0 212.

To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever toL (Manual Mode).

2. Press the plus/minus button onthe shift lever, to increase ordecrease the gear rangeavailable.


20 In Brief

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

1 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

See Cruise Control 0 222 orAdaptive Cruise Control 0 224 (ifequipped).

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.


In Brief 21

w orx : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level and Midlevel) 0 141 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 146.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 240.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 242.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system mayhelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving ina forward gear. FPB displays an

amber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching adetected pedestrian too quickly,FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps.FPB can provide a boost to brakingor automatically brake the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 243.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert ifit detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).


22 In Brief

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 248 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)0 248.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 246 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)0 246.

Surround VisionIf equipped, views around thevehicle appear in the infotainmentdisplay to aid with parking andlow-speed maneuvers.

See “Surround Vision” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 235.

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle appears on theinfotainment display to aid withparking and low-speed maneuvers.

See “Front Vision Camera” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 235.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)The RVC displays a view of thearea behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 235.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA systemshows a triangle with an arrow onthe infotainment display to warn oftraffic behind your vehicle that maycross your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


Park AssistIf equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA)uses sensors on the rear bumper toassist with parking and avoidingobjects while in R (Reverse).It operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may display awarning triangle on the infotainmentdisplay and a graphic on theinstrument cluster to provide theobject distance. In addition, multiplebeeps or seat pulses may occur ifvery close to an object.



In Brief 23

Power OutletsThe vehicle has two 12-voltaccessory power outlets, which canbe used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.

There are power outlets:

. On the center stack below theclimate control system.

. In the rear cargo area.

To use the outlet, remove the cover.

See Power Outlets 0 115.

Universal Remote System

If equipped, the Universal RemoteSystem allows for garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices to beprogrammed to work with thesebuttons in the vehicle.

See Universal Remote System0 156.

Sunroof

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orin ACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive.See Ignition Positions 0 194 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 200.


24 In Brief

Sunroof Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close : Toexpress-open the sunroof, pressand releasee (1). Press and

releasee (1) at any time to stopmovement. To express-close thesunroof, press and releaseg (1).

Press and releaseg (1) at anytime to stop movement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Toopen the sunroof, press and holde (1) until the sunroof reachesthe desired position. To close thesunroof, press and holdg (1).

Comfort Stop : The sunroof has acomfort stop feature that stops thesunroof from opening fully. Pressand release the rear ofg tomove the sunroof to the partiallyopened comfort stop position.Pressing the rear ofg again willopen the sunroof fully. If thesunshade is not fully open when thecomfort stop feature is pressed thesecond time, the sunshade will openfully.

Vent : From the closed position,press and releasee (1) to vent

the sunroof. Press and releaseg(1) to close the vent.

Sunshade Switch

Express-open/Express-close : Toexpress-open the sunshade, pressand releaser (2). Press and

releaser (2) at any time to stopmovement. To express-close thesunshade, press and releaseQ(2). Press and releaseQ (2) atany time to stop movement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Toopen the sunshade, press and holdr (2) until the sunshade reachesthe desired position. To close thesunshade, press and holdQ (2).

When the sunroof is opened, an airdeflector will automatically raise.The air deflector will retract whenthe sunroof is closed.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has anelectrical failure.

The sunroof is equipped with anautomatic reversal system. SeeSunroof 0 54.


In Brief 25

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel slip. The system is onwhen the vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC can beturned off or on using the DriverInformation Center (DIC) controls.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 218.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 190. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 323.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (IfEquipped)” under Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 324.

Fuel (LYX - 1.5L L4 TurboEngine)

Regular Unleaded Fuel

Use only Regular 87 octane — (R+M)/2 — or higher unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline isrecommended. Do not use gasolinewith an octane rating lower as it willresult in reduced performance and


26 In Brief

lower fuel economy.See Recommended Fuel (LYX -1.5L L4 Turbo Engine) 0 251 orRecommended Fuel (LTG - 2.0L L4Turbo Engine) 0 251.

Fuel (LTG - 2.0L L4 TurboEngine)

Premium Recommended

Use premium 93 octane — (R+M)/2— unleaded gasoline in yourvehicle. TOP TIER DetergentGasoline is recommended.Unleaded gasoline with an octanerating as low as 87 may be used,but it will reduce performance andfuel economy.See Recommended Fuel (LYX -1.5L L4 Turbo Engine) 0 251 orRecommended Fuel (LTG - 2.0L L4Turbo Engine) 0 251.

Fuel (Diesel)Use of diesel fuel with ultra lowsulfur content (15 ppm, maximum) isrequired. See Fuel for DieselEngines 0 252.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.

The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC menu.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level andMidlevel) 0 141 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 146.

2. Press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

3. REMAINING OIL LIFE 100%will be displayed when the oillife system is successfullyreset.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Place the ignition in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 194.


In Brief 27


3. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

4. If the display changes to 100%,the system is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 288.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible:

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Diesel Particulate FilterThe engine is equipped with aDiesel Particulate Filter (DPF) thatwill filter or trap particulates. TheDPF is under the vehicle in theexhaust system.

Depending on a number of factorsmonitored by the engine computer,the DPF will need to be cleaned ofaccumulated solids. When acleaning is needed, the enginecomputer will initiate a cleaningaction by warming the exhaust gastemperature. This feature has beendesigned to operate automatically,with limited operator involvement orawareness.

Cleaning the DPF (ExhaustFilter)

While the DPF cleaning isautomatically controlled by theengine computer, the vehicle willneed to operate continuously forapproximately 25 minutes and atspeeds greater than50 km/h (30 mph) to clean the DPFeffectively.


28 In Brief

Special DPF Driver Messages

If the vehicle is used for numerousshort trips or extended slow-speedoperation, the engine computer maynot be able to clean the DPFeffectively. If this happens, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagewill display.

If the vehicle continues to be drivenin a manner that prevents effectiveDPF cleaning, the DPF will becomeplugged. If this occurs, the enginecomputer will turn on themalfunction indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster and a DICmessage will display. See DieselParticulate Filter 0 204, Fuel forDiesel Engines 0 252 and EngineOil 0 284.

Diesel Exhaust FluidDiesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is usedwith diesel engines to reduce theamount of regulated emissionsproduced. The DEF system must bemaintained for the vehicle to runproperly. It is normal to hear theDEF system purge fluid back intothe tank after the vehicle is shut off.

For the correct DEF seeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 378.

As the DEF tank becomes low onfluid, warnings begin withapproximately 1 600 km (1,000 mi)of remaining range. These warningswill increase in intensity as the tankbecomes empty. Once the tank isempty, the vehicle speed will belimited. If there is an issue with thequality of the fluid or the exhaustfluid system, warnings will bedisplayed in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Diesel ExhaustFluid 0 205.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-243-8872

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Chevrolet owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance Program.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 390.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 36Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 41Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 47Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 49

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 51Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 51Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 51Automatic Dimming Rearview

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for all locks.

Remove the key by pressing thebutton on the side of the RKEtransmitter near the bottom and pullthe key out. Never pull the key outwithout pressing the button.

See your dealer if a new transmitteris needed.

If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside Assistance Program0 390.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 400.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 396.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” later in thissection.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 30.



With Remote Start and PowerLiftgate Shown

The following may be available:

Q : Press to lock all doors. The turnsignal indicators may flash and/orthe horn may sound on the secondpress to indicate locking. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 151. If thedriver door is open when Q ispressed and Open DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled, all doorswill lock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151. If apassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 47.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press K again within five secondsto unlock all doors. The RKEtransmitter can be programmed tounlock all doors on the first buttonpress. See Vehicle Personalization0 151. The turn signal indicatorsmay flash to indicate unlocking hasoccurred. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151. Pressing Kmay also disarm the theft-deterrentsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 47.

If equipped with the manual liftgate,unlocking all doors will also unlockthe liftgate.

Press and hold K until the windowsfully open. Windows will not operateunless remote window operation isenabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

b : Press twice quickly to open orclose the power liftgate, if equipped.Press again to stop the powerliftgate.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times. Press and hold 7 for atleast three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. The horn sounds andthe turn signals flash for 30 secondsor until 7 is pressed again or thevehicle is started.

/ : If equipped, first press andrelease Q then immediately press

and hold/ for at leastfour seconds to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 36.

Keyless Access Operation

With the Keyless Access system,you can lock and unlock the doorsand access the liftgate withoutremoving the RKE transmitter fromyour pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.



The RKE transmitter should bewithin 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or doorbeing opened. If equipped, there willbe buttons on the outside doorhandles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

If equipped with memory seats, RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 are linked toseating positions of memory 1 or 2.See Memory Seats 0 61.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Shown, Passenger Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock if any of the followingoccur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

If equipped with Keyless Access,this vehicle will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least oneRKE transmitter has been removedor none remain in the interior.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKE



transmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalization0 151.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed. Toturn on or off, see VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven.

To turn on or off see VehiclePersonalization 0 151

Keyless Liftgate Opening

When the doors are locked, pressthe touch pad on the liftgate handleto open the liftgate if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a deadtransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 38.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 38. Placethe two recognized transmittersin the cupholder.



2. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.

3. Place the new transmitter intothe cupholder.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press K orQ on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

6. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

7. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 38.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters you wish to programmust be with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 38. Insertthe vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key,counterclockwise, to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC display will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.



The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe cupholder.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press K orQ on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

8. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 38.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

When the vehicle is started, if thetransmitter battery is weak, the DICmay display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE. The DICmay also display REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.

To start the vehicle:

1. Place the transmitter in thecupholder.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the DICdisplays REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.



Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe RKE transmitter and pullthe key out. Never pull the keyout without pressing the button.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the area near thekey slot.

3. Remove the battery by pushingon the battery and sliding ittoward the bottom of thetransmitter.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing the back cover.Push the battery down until it isheld in place. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

Remote Vehicle StartThe vehicle may have this featurethat allows you to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during remote start.



If the vehicle has heated andventilated front seats, they maycome on during a remote start. SeeHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 64.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.

Do not use the remote start featureif the vehicle is low on fuel. Thevehicle could run out of fuel.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 30.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashing

confirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

The parking lamps will turn onand remain on as long as theengine is running. Thevehicle's doors will be locked.

3. Turn the ignition on beforedriving.

The engine will shut off after15 minutes unless a timeextension is done or theignition is turned on.

Extending Engine Run Time

For a 15-minute extension, after30 seconds repeat Steps 1 and 2while the engine is still running. Theremote start can be extended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 15 minutes will beadded.

For example, if the engine has beenrunning for 15 minutes, and15 minutes are added, the enginewill run for a total of 30 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts ora start with an extension areallowed between ignition cycles.

The ignition must be turned on andthen back off to use remote startagain.

Canceling a Remote Start

To shut off the engine:

. Press and hold / until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the ignition on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. A transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.


38 Keys, Doors, and Windows. The engine coolant temperature

is too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts or astart with an extension havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Remote Start Ready

If the vehicle does not have theremote vehicle start feature, it mayhave the remote start ready feature.This feature allows your dealer toadd the manufacturer's remotevehicle start feature. See yourdealer to add the manufacturer'sremote vehicle start feature to thevehicle.

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors from theoutside:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 30.

. Use the key in the driver door.The key lock cylinder is coveredwith a cap.

To lock or unlock the doors from theinside:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Push down on the door lockknob to lock a door.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 39. Pull the door handle once to

unlock the door. Pull the handleagain to unlatch it.

Keyless Access

If equipped, the RKE transmittermust be within 1 m (3 ft) of theliftgate or door being opened. Pressthe button on the door handle toopen. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 30.

Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap removal is complete.

2. Insert the key into the slot (3)on the bottom of the cap (2)and lift the key upward.

3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap installation iscomplete.

2. Insert the two tabs (6) at theback of the cap between theseal (5) and the metal base (4).



3. Slide the cap forward andpress the forward edge toinstall the cap in place.

4. Release the door handle.

5. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors. Theindicator light in the switch will comeon when the door is locked.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.



Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift into P (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Lockout ProtectionIf the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with the

driver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden by pressing and holdingQ on the power door lock switch.

Open Door Anti-Lockout

If Open Door Anti-Lockout is turnedon and the vehicle is off, the driverdoor is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andthe driver door will remain open.Press the button again to lock thedriver door. The Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature can be turnedon or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.



Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. Touse the safety lock:

1. Move the lever forward to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by pressingthe power door lock switch,or by using the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever rearward tounlock. Do the same for theother door.

Doors

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 203.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.

Manual Liftgate

To unlock the liftgate, press K onthe power door lock switch orpress K on the Remote Keyless

Entry (RKE) transmitter twice withinfive seconds. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 30.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad under the liftgate handle andlift up.

If equipped with Keyless Access,the liftgate can be opened whenlocked if the RKE transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.

Use the pull cup to lower and closethe liftgate. Do not press the touchpad while closing the liftgate. Thismay cause the liftgate to beunlatched.

The liftgate has an electric latch.If the battery is disconnected or haslow voltage, the liftgate will notopen. The liftgate will resumeoperation when the battery isreconnected and charged.

Always close the liftgate beforedriving.

Power Liftgate Operation

{ Warning

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.



Caution

Driving with an open andunsecured liftgate may result indamage to the power liftgatecomponents.

The power liftgate switch is on thedriver door. The vehicle must be inP (Park). The taillamps flash whenthe power liftgate moves.

The modes are:

. MAX: Opens to maximumheight.

. 3/4: Opens to a reduced heightthat can be set from 3/4 to fullyopen. Use to prevent the liftgatefrom opening into overheadobstructions such as a garagedoor or roof-mounted cargo. Theliftgate can be manually openedall the way.

. OFF: Opens manually only.

To open or close the power liftgate,select MAX or 3/4 mode.

. Pressb twice quickly on theRKE transmitter until the liftgatemoves.

. Press8 on the driver door.The driver door must either beunlocked or locked without thesecurity armed.

. Press the touch pad under theliftgate handle after unlocking alldoors. A locked vehicle can beopened if the RKE transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.

Pressl on the bottom of theliftgate next to the pull cup to close.

Press any liftgate button, the touchpad, orb on the RKE transmitterwhile the liftgate is moving to stop it.Pressing any liftgate button orpressingb twice quickly on theRKE transmitter again restarts theoperation in the reverse direction.Pressing the touch pad on theliftgate handle will restart themotion, but only in the openingdirection.



Caution

Manually forcing the liftgate toopen or close during a powercycle can damage the vehicle.Allow the power cycle tocomplete.

The power liftgate may betemporarily disabled under extremelow temperatures, or after repeatedpower cycling over a short period oftime. If this occurs, the liftgate canstill be operated manually.

If the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park) while the power function isin progress, the liftgate will continueto completion. If the vehicle isaccelerated before the liftgate hascompleted moving, the liftgate maystop or reverse direction. Check forDriver Information Center (DIC)messages and make sure theliftgate is closed and latched beforedriving.

Falling Liftgate Detection

If the power liftgate automaticallycloses after a power opening cycle,it indicates that the system isreacting to excess weight on theliftgate or a possible support strutfailure. A repetitive chime will soundwhile the falling liftgate detectionfeature is operating. Remove anyexcess weight. If the liftgatecontinues to automatically closeafter opening, see your dealer forservice before using the powerliftgate.

Interfering with the power liftgatemotion or manually closing theliftgate too quickly after poweropening may resemble a supportstrut failure. This could also activatethe falling liftgate detection feature.Allow the liftgate to complete itsoperation and wait a few secondsbefore manually closing the liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters an obstacleduring a power open or close cycle,the liftgate will automatically reversedirection and move a short distance

away from the obstacle. Afterremoving the obstruction, the powerliftgate operation can be used again.If the liftgate encounters multipleobstacles on the same power cycle,the power function will deactivate.After removing the obstructions,manually close the liftgate, This willallow normal power operationfunctions to resume.

If the vehicle is locked while theliftgate is closing, and an obstacle isencountered that prevents theliftgate from completely closing, thehorn will sound as an alert that theliftgate did not close.

Pinch sensors are on the sideedges of the liftgate. If an object iscaught between the liftgate and thevehicle and presses against asensor, the liftgate will reversedirection and then stop. The liftgatewill remain open until it is activatedagain or closed manually.



Setting the 3/4 Mode

To change the position the liftgatestops at when opening:

1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode andpower open the liftgate.

2. Stop the liftgate movement atthe desired height by pressingany liftgate button. Manuallyadjust the liftgate position ifneeded.

3. Press and holdl next to thepull cup on the outside of theliftgate until the turn signalsflash and a beep sounds. Thisindicates the setting has beenrecorded.

The liftgate cannot be set below aminimum programmable height.If there is no light flash or sound,then the height adjustment may betoo low.

Manual Operation

Select OFF to manually operate theliftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at thebeginning of this section.

Caution

Attempting to move the liftgatetoo quickly and with excessiveforce may result in damage to thevehicle.

Operate the liftgate manually with asmooth motion and moderatespeed. The system includes afeature which limits the manualclosing speed to protect thecomponents.

Hands-Free Operation

The liftgate may be operated with akicking motion under the rearbumper between the left exhaustpipe and the license plate.

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the rear bumper tooperate the power liftgatehands-free.

The hands-free feature will not workwhile the liftgate is moving. To stopthe liftgate while in motion use oneof the liftgate buttons.

The hands-free feature will not workwhile the liftgate is moving. To stopthe liftgate while in motion use oneof the liftgate switches.

The hands-free feature can becustomized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151. Choose fromthe following:

On-Open and Close : The kickingmotion is activated to both open andclose the liftgate.

On-Open Only : The kicking motionis activated to only open the liftgate.

Off : The feature is disabled.



Length of Kick Zone

To operate, kick your foot straight upin one swift motion under the rearbumper between the left exhaustpipe and the license plate, then pullit back.

Caution

Splashing water may cause theliftgate to open. Keep the RKEtransmitter away from the rearbumper detection area or turn theliftgate mode to OFF when

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

cleaning or working near the rearbumper to avoid accidentalopening.

. Do not sweep your foot sideto side.

. Do not keep your foot under thebumper; the liftgate will notactivate.

. Do not touch the liftgate until ithas stopped moving.

. This feature may be temporarilydisabled under some conditions.If the liftgate does not respond tothe kick, open or close theliftgate by another method orstart the vehicle. The feature willbe re-enabled.

When closing the liftgate using thisfeature, there will be a short delay.The taillamps will flash and a chimewill sound. Step away from theliftgate before it starts moving.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system:

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.



On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the liftgateis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. With a door open, press theinterior Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door, the hood, or the liftgate isopened without first disarming thesystem, the turn signals will flashand the horn will sound for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lights flash three times, an alarmoccurred previously while the alarmsystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 396.



Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the vehicle isstarted or the ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in your

vehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes, and the RKE transmitterappears to be undamaged, tryanother transmitter. Refer to“Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 30. Or, you may tryplacing the transmitter in thecupholder.

If the ignition mode will not changewith the other transmitter or in thecupholder, your vehicle needsservice. If the ignition does changemodes, the first transmitter may befaulty. See your dealer who can

service the theft-deterrent systemand have a new RKE transmitterprogrammed to the vehicle.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Pressj or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through an

automatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 61.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 246.

Side Blind Zone Alert

The vehicle may have Side BlindZone Alert. See Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) 0 246.

Heated MirrorsIf equipped, the heated outsidemirrors turn on when the rearwindow defogger is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirrors.

K : This button is on the climatecontrol panel.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 171.



Automatic DimmingMirrorThe vehicle has an automaticdimming outside mirror on the driverside. The mirror will adjust for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.



The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 29.

Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 200.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear doorpassenger window switches fromworking.

. Press2 to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on whenengaged.

. Press2 again to disengage.



Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversalsystem override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program the window:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed, then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows allthe windows to be opened remotely.If enabled in vehicle personalization,press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.



Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Roof

Sunroof

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orin ACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive.See Ignition Positions 0 194 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 200.

Sunroof Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close : Toexpress-open the sunroof, pressand releasee (1). Press and

releasee (1) at any time to stopmovement. To express-close thesunroof, press and releaseg (1).

Press and releaseg (1) at anytime to stop movement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Toopen the sunroof, press and holde (1) until the sunroof reachesthe desired position. To close thesunroof, press and holdg (1).

Comfort Stop : The sunroof has acomfort stop feature that stops thesunroof from opening fully. Pressand release the rear ofg tomove the sunroof to the partiallyopened comfort stop position.Pressing the rear ofg again willopen the sunroof fully. If thesunshade is not fully open when thecomfort stop feature is pressed thesecond time, the sunshade will openfully.



Vent : From the closed position,press and releasee (1) to vent

the sunroof. Press and releaseg(1) to close the vent.

Sunshade Switch

Express-open/Express-close : Toexpress-open the sunshade, pressand releaser (2). Press and

releaser (2) at any time to stopmovement. To express-close thesunshade, press and releaseQ(2). Press and releaseQ (2) atany time to stop movement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Toopen the sunshade, press andholdr (2) until the sunshadereaches the desired position. Toclose the sunshade, press and holdQ (2).

When the sunroof is opened, an airdeflector will automatically raise.The air deflector will retract whenthe sunroof is closed.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has anelectrical failure.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof has an automaticreversal system that is only activewhen the sunroof is operated inexpress-close mode.

If an object is in the path whileexpress closing, the reversal systemwill detect an object, stop, and openthe sunroof again.

If frost or other conditions preventclosing, override the feature byclosing the sunroof in manual mode.To stop movement, release theswitch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


56 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 59Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 60Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Heated and Ventilated Front

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 76Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 79When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Passenger Sensing System . . . 83Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 87Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 88Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Infants and Young Children . . . . 91Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 93Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 95Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 96

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 101

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104


Seats and Restraints 57

Head RestraintsThe vehicle’s front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

If your vehicle has rear headrestraints that fold down, alwaysreturn them to the full uprightposition whenever an occupant isseated in the seat.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint and pull up orpush the head restraint down, andrelease the button. Pull and push onthe head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

Adjusting the Rear Head Restraint

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move the

head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

Folding the Rear Head Restraint

The head restraint can be foldedrearward to allow for better visibilitywhen the rear seat is unoccupied.

To fold the head restraint, press thebutton on the side of the headrestraint.

The head restraint will fold rearwardautomatically.

When an occupant or child restraintis in the seat, always return thehead restraint to the full uprightposition. Pull the head restraint upand forward until it locks into place.Push and pull on the head restraintto make sure that it is locked.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.

Rear outboard head restraints arenot removable.



Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat cushion to unlock it.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever up or down to raiseor lower the seat.

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.


60 Seats and Restraints. Raise or lower the front part of

the seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 60.

Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, press and hold the frontor rear of the control to increase ordecrease lumbar support.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.



To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.


To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seatback,if available:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

Memory Seats

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn theignition on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.



Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.Follow the instructions under“Saving Memory Positions.”

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s RKE transmitter number (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 30. OnlyRKE transmitters 1 and 2 can beused for automatic memory recalls.A Driver Information Center (DIC)welcome message indicating thetransmitter number may display forthe first few ignition cycles followinga transmitter change. For Seat EntryMemory to work properly, save thepositions to the memory button (1 or2) matching the RKE transmitternumber displayed in the DICwelcome message. Carry the linkedRKE transmitter when entering thevehicle.

Memory adjustments may not beavailable upon delivery or afterservice until steps in “SavingMemory Positions” section areperformed.

Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Seat Entry Memorymovement begin when thevehicle is started, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and thenSeat Entry Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Entry Memory”later in this section.

. Seat Exit Memory movementbegins when the ignition isturned off and the driver door isopened, or when the ignition isturned off with the driver dooralready opened, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and thenSeat Exit Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Exit Memory”later in this section.

. See Vehicle Personalization0 151 for additional settinginformation.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Start the vehicle with a differentkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber; 1 or 2. Turn theignition off and remove the keyor RKE transmitter from thevehicle.

2. Start the vehicle with the initialkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the otherdriver number not shown inStep 1.

Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:


A DIC welcome message mayindicate driver number 1 or 2.

2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.



3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcomemessage until two beepssound.

If too much time passesbetween releasing SET andpressing 1, the memoryposition will not be saved andtwo beeps will not sound.Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” previously in thissection.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB andSeat Exit Memory, repeat Steps 1–4usingB. This saves the positionfor getting out of the vehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recallthe previously saved memorypositions.

To stop Manual Memory Recallmovement, release 1, 2, orB orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

. Power steering wheel,if equipped

Seat Entry Memory

The vehicle identifies the number ofthe current driver’s RKE transmitter(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 30. If theRKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and SeatEntry Memory is programmed on invehicle personalization, thepositions saved to the samememory button number 1 or 2 areautomatically recalled when theignition is turned on, or turned from

off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKEtransmitters 3–8 will not provideautomatic memory recalls.

To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off,see "Vehicle PersonalizationSettings" previously in this sectionand Vehicle Personalization 0 151.

The shift lever must be in P (Park)to start Seat Entry Memory. SeatEntry Memory will complete if thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park)prior to reaching the saved memoryposition.

To stop Seat Entry Memorymovement, turn the ignition off orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



If the saved memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall orrecalls to the wrong positions, thedriver’s RKE transmitter number (1



or 2) may not match the memorybutton number that positions weresaved to. Try saving the position tothe other memory button or try theother RKE transmitter.

Seat Exit Memory

Seat Exit Memory is not linked to anRKE transmitter. The position savedtoB is used for all drivers. To turnSeat Exit Memory on or off, see"Vehicle Personalization Settings"previously in this section andVehicle Personalization 0 151.

If turned on, the position saved toB is automatically recalled whenone of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop Seat Exit Memorymovement, press any of thefollowing memory controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power steering wheelwhile recalling a memory position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction and try the recall again.If the memory position still does notrecall, see your dealer for service.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates against

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

heat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If available, the buttons are on theclimate control panel. To operate,the engine must be running.

Press L or M to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.



Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Press { or C to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls air through theseat cushion and seatback. The airis not cooled.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the ventilated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turn

on, and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heatedor ventilated seats are canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The remote start heated orventilated seats may be enabled ordisabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36 andVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered



the vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 151.

Reclining the Seatback

To recline the seatback:

1. Pull the reclining seatbackhandle.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the handle to lock theseatback in place.


Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded for more cargo space. Fold aseatback only when the vehicle isnot moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback:

1. Fold the head restraint. SeeHead Restraints 0 57.

2. Pull the handle on top of theseatback to unlock it.

A tab near the seatback leverraises when the seatback isunlocked.

3. Fold the seatback forward.



4. Stow the seat belt in the beltstowage clip.

Repeat the steps to fold theother seatback, if desired.

If equipped, the rear seatbacks canalso be folded forward by pulling thelevers on the passenger side of therear cargo area.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:



1. Ensure the seat belt is in thebelt stowage clip.

2. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward to lock it in place.

A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

3. Return the head restraint to theupright position. See HeadRestraints 0 57.

4. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

5. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 64.

If equipped, the rear heated seatbuttons are on the rear of the centerconsole.

Press z to heat the left or rightoutboard seat cushion andseatback.

Press+ to heat the left or rightoutboard seatback only.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.



Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 130.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts — not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 89 orInfants and Young Children 0 91.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,

this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.



Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 83.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.



3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 75.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle’s seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 76.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicle,or at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.



Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

{ Warning

A seat belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulderand across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

This vehicle will have rear seat beltcomfort guides in the rear outboardseating positions.

To install:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage pocket on the side ofthe seatback.

2. Place the guide over the belt,and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.



3. Be sure that the belt is nottwisted and it lies flat. Theelastic cord must be behind thebelt with the plastic guide onthe front.

4. Buckle, position, and releasethe seat belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure the shoulder belt crossesthe shoulder. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting,the neck.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the seat belt can be

removed from the guide. Slide theguide back into its storage pocketon the side of the seatback.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For more



information on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 130.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 76.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 130.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed to

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

work with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 80.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 89 orInfants and Young Children 0 91.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 130.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.




The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injury

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 77.Airbags are designed to inflate if the

impact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and



whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in a

severe frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck or if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 79.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.



But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 80.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal and seat-mounted sideimpact airbags inflate, they quicklydeflate, so quickly that some peoplemay not even realize the airbagsinflated. Roof-rail airbags may stillbe at least partially inflated for sometime after they inflate. Somecomponents of the airbag modulemay be hot for several minutes. Forlocation of the airbags, see WhereAre the Airbags? 0 79.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does not

prevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.

The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignitionoff and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash.

See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 398 and Event DataRecorders 0 398.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

The words ON and OFF will bevisible during the system check.When the system check is

complete, either the word ON orOFF will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 131.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag should beallowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.



Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the OFF indicator will light and staylit as a reminder that the airbag isoff. See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 131.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the ON indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints should



wear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 130 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 102 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 104.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat belt lockoff. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightenedbut not pulled out of theretractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 57.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theON indicator is not lit.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it couldbe because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two to three minutesafter the ON indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.



A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 87for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 395.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if you

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

are close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring


88 Seats and Restraints. Front seats, including stitching,

seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, overhead console, ceilingtrim, or pillar garnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on top

of the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 83.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 332 for additionalimportant information.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 388.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 130.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 79. See your dealerfor service.



Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 130.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 72.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.


90 Seats and Restraints. Can proper seat belt fit be

maintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 72.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes the

need, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injured

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,



there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatal

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 89.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 96 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST



availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 83 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additional



passengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the

vehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child in thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 102 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 104.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.



Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments. In thiscase, the seat belt must be used(with top tether where available) tosecure the child restraint.See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 102 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 104.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCH

seating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.



Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each second row anchorposition has a label, near the creasebetween the seatback and the seatcushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is near the top tetheranchors.

Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for each rearseating position are on the back ofthe rear seatback. The rearcompartment storage panel/covermight need to be adjusted to accessthe anchors. Be sure to use ananchor on the same side of thevehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or if



the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 95 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 95.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belts. Refer to thechild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

2.2. Route, attach and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

. If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint and youare using a single tether,route the tether over theseatback.

. If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint and you



are using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.

. If the position you are usinghas an adjustable headrestor head restraint and youare using a dual tether,raise the headrest or headrestraint and route thetether under the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

. If the position you are usinghas an adjustable headrestor head restraint and youare using a single tether,raise the headrest or headrestraint and route thetether under the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement, for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.



Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 96 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 96 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 95.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat beltthrough or around the childrestraint. The child restraintinstructions will show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 96.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.



Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 95.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions.See Passenger Sensing System0 83 and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 131 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 83 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 96 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.



When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the OFF indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 131.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat belt

through or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the OFF indicatorin the passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 83.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 107

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 107Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 107Center Console Storage . . . . . . 107

Additional Storage FeaturesRear Compartment/Storage

Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxOpen the glove box by lifting up onthe lever.

CupholdersTwo cupholders are in the centerconsole. Cupholders may be locatedin the second row seat armrest. Toaccess, pull the armrest down.

Sunglasses StorageIf equipped, there is coveredstorage for sunglasses in theoverhead console.

Center Console Storage

There is storage in the centerconsole; lift the lever on the frontto open.

If equipped, there are two USBports for data and charging.


108 Storage

Additional StorageFeatures

Rear Compartment/Storage Panel CoverThere may be a storage area underthe load floor.

Lift the load floor and fold it forwardto access the storage area.

After storing items, make sure toproperly secure the load floor.

Cargo Cover

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.

If equipped, use the cargo cover tocover items in the rear of thevehicle.

To remove the cover from thevehicle, pull both ends toward eachother.

To store the cargo cover:

1. Press the buttons on both endsuntil locked.

2. Insert the right side of thecargo cover first.


Storage 109

3. Store under the load floor.

To reinstall, press the buttons tounlock the ends of the cover.

Place each end of the cover in theholes behind the rear seat.

Cargo Tie-Downs

1. Convenience Net Retainers2. Cargo Tie-Downs

The vehicle may be equipped withtwo cargo tie-downs and twoconvenience net retainers in therear compartment.

Convenience NetThis vehicle may have aconvenience net in the rear of thevehicle. Attach it to the conveniencenet retainers for storing small loads.

Do not use the net to store heavyloads.


110 Storage

Roof Rack System

{ Warning

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack — like paneling,plywood, or a mattress — thewind can catch it while the vehicleis being driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collisionand damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

If equipped with side rails or dockingstations, GM certified crossrails canbe purchased as an accessory andused to load items. See your dealer.

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rackthat weighs more than 100 kg(220 lb) or hangs over the rear orsides of the vehicle may damagethe vehicle. Load cargo so that itrests evenly between thecrossrails, making sure to fastencargo securely.

1. Side Rails2. Docking Stations

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securelyfastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s centerof gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle. For more information onvehicle capacity and loading, seeVehicle Load Limits 0 190.


Instruments and Controls 111

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 112Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 112Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 112Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 112Rear Window Wiper/

Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Instrument Cluster (Base andMidlevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Instrument Cluster(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 130Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 130Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Charging System Light . . . . . . . 132Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 132Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Service Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 135Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 136Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 136Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 137Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Wait-to-Start Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 138Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 138

Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 139Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 139Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 140Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 140Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 140

Information DisplaysDriver Information Center (DIC)

(Base Level and Midlevel) . . . 141Driver Information Center (DIC)

(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Engine Power Messages . . . . . 151Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 151

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 151

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 156Universal Remote System

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Universal Remote System

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159


112 Instruments and Controls

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped with a heatedsteering wheel, press to turn on oroff. A light near the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.



LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 301.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. If the wiper motoroverheats, the windshield wipers willstop until the motor cools and thewiper control is turned off. SeeElectrical System Overload 0 307.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

Windshield Washer

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When the

lever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 296for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Window Wiper/WasherThe ignition must be on or in theACC/ACCESSORY position tooperate the rear window wiper/washer.



Turn the end of the windshield wiperlever to operate the rear windowwiper/washer.

OFF : Turns the system off.

INT : Intermittent wipes.

ON : Slow wipes.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. The leverautomatically returns to its originalposition when released.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the transmissionis in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing low

or high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the transmissionis in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 151.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and rearwindow. Check the fluid level ifeither washer is not working. SeeWasher Fluid 0 296.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),and vehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPS



satellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.

ClockSet the time and date using theinfotainment system. See "Time /Date" under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Power OutletsThe vehicle has two 12-voltaccessory power outlets, which canbe used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.

There are power outlets:

. On the center stack below theclimate control system.

. In the rear cargo area.

To use the outlet, remove the cover.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to therear cargo power outlet. Do notleave electrical equipmentplugged in when the vehicle is notin use because the vehicle couldcatch fire and cause injury ordeath.

Certain accessory plugs may not becompatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle and adapter fuses. If aproblem is experienced, see yourdealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 273.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110/120 VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipmentthat uses a maximum limit of 150watts.



The power outlet is on the rear ofthe center console.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is onand equipment requiring less than150 watts is plugged into the outlet,and no system fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is off or if theequipment is not fully seated intothe outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and the

indicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug itback in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 200. Thepower restarts when equipmentusing 150 watts or less is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following and may not workproperly if they are plugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage, such ascompressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools.

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supply,such asmicrocomputer-controlledelectric blankets and touchsensor lamps.

. Medical equipment.

Wireless ChargingIf equipped, the vehicle has wirelesscharging in the bin below theclimate control system. The systemoperates at 145 kHz and wirelesslycharges one Qi compatiblesmartphone. The power output ofthe system is capable of charging ata rate up to 3 amp (19.5W), asrequested by the compatiblesmartphone. See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 396.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must beactive. The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicate



charging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 200.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour compatible smartphone.Objects, such as coins, keys,rings, paper clips, or cards,between the smartphone andcharging pad will become veryhot. On the rare occasion that thecharging system does not detectan object, and the object getswedged between the smartphoneand charger, remove thesmartphone and allow the objectto cool before removing it fromthe charging pad, to preventburns.

To charge a compatible smartphone:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects between thesmartphone and thecharging pad.

2. Place the smartphone face upon the charging pad alignedagainst the back of the bin.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in theholder with nothing under it.A thick smartphone case mayprevent the wireless charger

from working, or may reducethe charging performance. Seeyour dealer for additionalinformation.

3. The $ will appear on the V onthe infotainment display. Thisindicates that the smartphoneis properly positioned andcharging.

If $ does not appear on theinfotainment display:

1. Remove the smartphone fromthe pad and waitthree seconds.

2. Turn the smartphone180 degrees before placing/aligning the smartphone on thepad again.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.



OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

Redistribution and use in sourceand binary forms, with or withoutmodification, are permitted providedthat the following conditionsare met:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THEIMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENTSHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster (Base and Midlevel)

Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar



Midlevel English Shown, Diesel and Metric Similar



Cluster Menu (Midlevel)

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Use w or x to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays can beviewed.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level and Midlevel)0 141 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 146.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Options

Audio

Press V to select the Audio app,

then press p to enter the Audiomenu. In the Audio menu browse formusic, select from the favorites,or change the audio source. Use wor x to change the station or go tothe next or previous track.

Phone

Press V to select the Phone app,

then press p to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recent

calls, or scroll through contacts.If there is an active call, mute thephone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

Press V to select the Navigation

app, then press p to enter theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, you can resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press V to cancel or resumeroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Options

Press V to select the Options app,

then press p to enter the Options

menu. Use w or x to scrollthrough items in the Options menu.

Units : Press p while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose English or Metric units bypressing V while the desired item ishighlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.



Info Pages : Press p while InfoPages is displayed to enter the InfoPages menu and select the items tobe displayed in the Info app.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level and Midlevel) 0 141 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 146.

Traction and Stability : Press p toenter the Traction and Stabilitymenu. To turn the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) on or off, chooseTraction. To turn StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) onor off, choose Stability. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 218.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warningpress p when Speed Warning is

displayed. Press w or x to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.

Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing Vwhile viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.



Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

English Shown, Metric Similar



Diesel English Shown, Metric Similar



Uplevel Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o or p to change between

the cluster applications. Press w orx to scroll through the list ofavailable features within eachapplication. Press V to select. Notall applications will be available onall vehicles. Some may be

temporarily restricted when thevehicle is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

. Home Page

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays can beviewed. See “Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel)” in theIndex.

. Audio

. Navigation

. Phone

. Options

Home

Information displayed here can becustomized from the Options menu.

Speedometer : Displays how fastthe vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph).

Speed Sign : Shows signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation, if equipped.

Time : Displays the current time.

Active Safety : If equipped,displays information for Lane KeepAssist (LKA) and Forward CollisionAlert (FCA).

Fuel Range : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle’s fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. Fuel range cannot bereset.

Audio

Press w or x to scroll throughoptions, browse for music, selectfrom favorites, or change the audiosource. In the main view, scroll tochange the station or go to the nextor previous track.

Navigation

In the Navigation menu, if there isno active route, press V to accessRecents or Favorites. If there is anactive route, press the thumbwheel



to cancel or resume route guidance,mute or unmute voice guidance,or access Recents or Favorites.

Phone

In the Phone menu, if there is noactive phone call, view recent calls,scroll through contacts, select fromthe favorites, or change the phonesource. If there is an active call,mute the phone or switch to handsetoperation.

Options

Press w or x to scroll through

items in the Options menu. Press V

to select the item. Press o to exitthe item.

Traction and Stability : To turn theTraction Control System (TCS) onor off, choose Traction. To turnStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) on or off, chooseStability. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 218.

Units : Choose US or Metric units.A selected mark will be displayednext to the selected item.

Info Page Options : Select theitems to be displayed in the Infoapp. A selected mark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Home Page Options : Select theavailable elements to display. Not allelements will be available on allvehicles: Speedometer, ActiveSafety, Speed Sign, Time, and FuelRange.

Speed Warning : Allows the driverto set a speed that they do not wantto exceed. To set the SpeedWarning, press V when Speed

Warning is displayed. Use w or xto adjust the value. Press V to setthe speed. Once the speed is set,this feature can be turned off bypressing the thumbwheel whileviewing this page. If the selectedspeed limit is exceeded, a pop-upwarning is displayed with a chime.

Software Information : Displaysopen source software information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level and Midlevel) 0 141 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 146.



TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is on, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. Theengine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

Fuel Gauge

Metric Uplevel

English Uplevel

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is asmall amount of fuel left, but the fueltank should be filled soon.



Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric Uplevel

English Uplevel

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the pointer moves toward thewarning area at the high end of thegauge, the engine is too hot.

If the engine coolant hasoverheated and the vehicle hasbeen operating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 295.



Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 83.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seat

such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 77.



The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 83 for important

safety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ONor OFF to let you know the status ofthe front outboard passenger frontalairbag.

If the word ON is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag is allowedto inflate.

If the word OFF is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 130 for more information,including important safetyinformation.



Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 194.

This light may also come on whenthe system has detected a problemwith the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)management system. See DieselExhaust Fluid 0 205.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead to

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

costly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 276.

Light Flashing (GasolineEngine Only)

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 seconds

before restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

Light on Steady (All Engines)

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank (Gasoline)0 259 or Filling the Tank (Diesel)0 260. The diagnostic systemcan detect if the adapter hasbeen left installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may go

away once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off.See Recommended Fuel (LYX -1.5L L4 Turbo Engine) 0 251 orRecommended Fuel (LTG - 2.0LL4 Turbo Engine) 0 251 or Fuelfor Diesel Engines 0 252.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).



The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 273. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English



This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

This light should come on brieflywhen starting the vehicle. If it doesnot come on, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If this light stays on, take the vehicleto your dealer as soon as possible.See the information for the Electric

Parking Brake under ElectricParking Brake 0 215. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

For vehicles with the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), this light comes onbriefly when the engine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the ABS light comes on and stayson while driving, stop as soon aspossible and turn the ignition off.Start the engine again to reset thesystem. If the light stays on afterdriving at a speed above 20 km/h

(13 mph), see your dealer forservice. A chime may also soundwhen the light comes on steady.

If the regular brake system warninglight is not on, the vehicle still hasbrakes, but not antilock brakes.If the regular brake system warninglight is also on, the vehicle does nothave antilock brakes and there is aproblem with the regular brakes.See Brake System Warning Light0 134.

Tow/Haul Mode Light

For vehicles with the Tow/HaulMode feature, this light comes onwhen the Tow/Haul Mode has beenactivated.

See Tow/Haul Mode 0 213.



Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 248.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 240.

Pedestrian AheadIndicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay amber when a nearbypedestrian is detected directly infront of the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 243.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off through theDriver Information Center (DIC).

This light and the StabiliTrak/ESCOFF light come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) isturned off.



If the TCS is off, wheel speed willbe limited when necessary toprotect the driveline from damage.Adjust driving accordingly.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 218.

StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If the StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS areoff, the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on the

TCS and the StabiliTrak/ESCsystems and the warning lightturns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine which

feature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESCsystem is actively working.


Wait-to-Start Light

For diesel engines, the wait-to-startlight shows that the engine isfunctioning properly and indicateswhen the engine can be started.

The fast warm-up glow plug systemmakes the wait-to-start light stay onfor a shorter amount of time thanmost diesel engines.

For more information, see Startingthe Engine 0 196.



Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,and inflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 322.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 324.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.



Low Fuel Warning Light

For the base level cluster, this lightcomes on when the fuel tank is lowon fuel. The light turns off when fuelis added. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced.

For the uplevel cluster, this light isnear the fuel gauge and comes onbriefly when the ignition is turned onas a check to show it is working.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid(DEF) Warning Light

This light, a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) Message, and a chimecome on when there is an issue withthe DEF.

If the DEF issue has not beencorrected, the light will continue toflash. The vehicle's speed may alsobe limited. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 205.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 49.

High-Beam On Light



This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 162.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled. See Exterior LampControls 0 160.

Front Fog Lamp Light

The fog lamp light comes on whenthe fog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FogLamps 0 164 for more information.

Lamps On Reminder

For vehicles with the lamps onreminder light, it comes on when thelights are in use.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 222.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green whenthe ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 224.



Information Displays

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level andMidlevel)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info app.See Instrument Cluster (Base andMidlevel) 0 120 or InstrumentCluster (Uplevel) 0 124. Thedisplays show the status of manyvehicle systems.

w or x : Press to move up ordown in a list.



Base Level DIC

Use o or p to choose the Trip,

Vehicle, or Eco menus. Use w orx to scroll through items ineach menu.

Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items

Speed : Displays how fast thevehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset.

Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average FuelEconomy : Displays the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), fromthe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset to

zero by pressing and holding the Vbutton while the trip odometerdisplay is showing.

Also displays the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles per gallon(mpg). This number is based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. Reset theaverage consumption by pressing Vwhen it is displayed.

Fuel Range : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. Fuel range cannot bereset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)



or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V when it is displayed.

Timer : To start the timer, press Vwhile Timer is displayed. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset, not including time theignition is off. Time will continue tobe counted as long as the ignition ison, even if another display is beingshown on the DIC. The timer willrecord up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,and 59 seconds (99:59:59) afterwhich the display will return to zero.To stop the timer, press V brieflywhile Timer is displayed. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold V.

Navigation : Used for the OnStarTurn-by-Turn guidance.

Blank Display : Displays noinformation.

Vehicle Information Menu(VEHICLE) Items

Units : Choose between Metric orUS when Units is active. Press V toconfirm the setting. This will changethe displays on the DIC to the typeof measurements you select.

Speed Warning : This display isused to set the vehicle speed atwhich the speed warning chimesounds and the alert is displayed.The speed can be set by pressingV while the speed warning displayis showing.

Remaining Oil Life : Displays anestimate of the oil's remaining usefullife. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 284.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance is

recommended in the MaintenanceSchedule in this manual. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 369.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. Do not resetthe Oil Life display accidentally atany time other than when the oil hasjust been changed. It cannot bereset accurately until the next oilchange. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, see Engine Oil Life System0 288.

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).

Fuel Filter Life (Diesel EngineOnly) : This display shows anestimate of the fuel filter's remaininguseful life. If 90% Fuel Filter LifeRemaining is displayed, it means90% of the current fuel filter liferemains. The fuel filter life systemwill alert when to change the fuelfilter on a schedule consistent withyour driving conditions. When theremaining fuel filter life is low, theCHANGE FUEL FILTER messagewill appear on the display. Changethe fuel filter as soon as possible.



Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level(Diesel Engine Only) : The DEFlevel will be displayed as either OK,XX%, or LOW. When LOW appearson the display, add DEF as soon aspossible. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 205.

Tire Pressure : Displays a vehiclewith the approximate pressures ofall four tires. Tire pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 323 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 324.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 132. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.

Coolant Temperature : Displaysthe coolant temperature in degreesCelsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit(°F).

TC/Stabilitrak : If equipped, pressV to turn on or off Traction Controlor Stabilitrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC).

ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)Items

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bargraph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved forthe selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.” PressV to select the distance or resetbest value.

The display provides information onhow current driving behavior affectsthe running average and how wellrecent driving compares to the bestthat has been achieved for theselected distance.

Economy Trend : Shows history ofthe Average Fuel Economy from thelast 50 km (30 mi). Each barrepresents about 5 km (3 mi) ofdriving. During driving the bars willshift to always reflect the mostrecent distance on the right side.Press and hold V to clear the graph

or press V to reset throughthe menu.

Midlevel DIC

Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.

2. Press w or x to scroll to theOptions application.

3. Press V to enter theOptions menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages andpress p.



5. Press w or x to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

6. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Optionsapp. See “ Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

Trip A or Trip B : Shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

This also shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).

This number is calculated based onthe number of L/100 km (mpg)recorded since the last time thismenu item was reset. This numberreflects only the approximateaverage fuel economy that thevehicle has right now, and willchange as driving conditionschange.

Press and hold V while this displayis active to reset the trip odometerand the average fuel economy. TripA and Trip B can also be reset bypressing p and choosing reset.

Fuel Information or Fuel Range :Shows the approximate distance thevehicle can be driven withoutrefueling. LOW will be displayedwhen the vehicle is low on fuel. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 284.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 369.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press V forseveral seconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active or press p to open

the menu and select reset. Press Vto reset. See Engine Oil Life System0 288.



Fuel Filter Life Remaining (DieselEngine Only) : If equipped, anestimate of the fuel filter's remaininguseful life is shown. If 90% FuelFilter Life Remaining is displayed, itmeans 90% of the current fuel filterlife remains. The fuel filter lifesystem will alert when to change thefuel filter on a schedule consistentwith your driving conditions.

When the remaining fuel filter life islow, the CHANGE FUEL FILTERmessage will appear on the display.Change the fuel filter as soon aspossible.

The Fuel Filter Life display must bereset after each Fuel Filter change.It will not reset itself. Do not resetthe Fuel Filter Life display at anytime other than when the fuel filterhas just been changed. Press V forseveral seconds while the display isactive or press p to open the menu

and select reset. Press V to reset.See Fuel Filter Replacement(Diesel) 0 258.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber.See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 323 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 324.

Average Speed : Displays theaverage vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Press and hold V whilethis display is active to reset theaverage speed. Average speed canalso be reset by pressing p andchoosing reset.

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bar

graph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved forthe selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.”

Press p to select the distance or

reset best value. Use w and x to

choose the distance and press V.

Press w and x to select “Reset

Best Score.” Press V to reset thebest average fuel economy. Afterreset, the best value displays “-,-”until the selected distance has beentraveled.


Economy Trend : Shows history ofthe Average Fuel Economy from thelast 50 km (30 mi). Each barrepresents about 5 km (3 mi) ofdriving. During driving the bars willshift to always reflect the mostrecent distance on the right side.



Press and hold V to clear the graph

or press p to reset throughthe menu.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vto open the menu while this displayis active. The display will show theamount of time that has passedsince the timer was last reset. Tostop the timer, press V briefly whilethis display is active and the timer isrunning. To reset the timer to zero,press and hold V while this display

is active, or press p and selectreset.

Follow Distance : If equipped, thecurrent follow time to the vehicleahead is displayed as a time valueon this page.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 132. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system, aDIC will display a message.


Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level(Diesel Engine Only) : If equipped,the DEF level will be displayed aseither OK, XX%, or LOW. WhenLOW appears on the display, addDEF as soon as possible. SeeDiesel Exhaust Fluid 0 205.

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).Oil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity. On some models, the oilpump will vary engine oil pressureaccording to engine needs. Oilpressure may change quickly as theengine speed or load varies. This isnormal. If the oil pressure warninglight or Driver Information Center(DIC) message indicates oilpressure outside the normaloperating range, check the vehicle'soil as soon as possible.

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info App.See Instrument Cluster (Base andMidlevel) 0 120 or InstrumentCluster (Uplevel) 0 124. Thedisplays show the status of manyvehicle systems.

w or x : Press to move up ordown in a list.





Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press o or p to scroll to theOptions application.

2. Press w or x to scroll to theInfo Page Options andpress V.

3. Press w or x to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

4. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Optionsapp. See “ Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph). If equipped,press V to open the menu andselect to display speed limit signs.The sign will show “− −” when thereis no detected speed limit or thesystem is unavailable.

Trip 1 or Trip 2 : Shows the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

If equipped, shows the average fueleconomy since the last reset. Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditions

change. The average fuel economycan be displayed as mpg, km/L,or L/100km where applicable.

If equipped, shows the averagespeed since the last reset. Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate average speed that thevehicle has, and will change asdriving conditions change. Averagespeed can be displayed as mphor km/h where applicable.

Press V while this display is activeto show a confirmation window toreset all values to zero. Use o or pto select yes or no and press V.

Fuel Information or Fuel Range :Shows the approximate distance thevehicle can be driven withoutrefueling. LOW will be displayedwhen the vehicle is low on fuel. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. If equipped, may alsoshow the instantaneous fueleconomy.



Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 284.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 369.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay at any time other than whenthe oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press V whilethis display is active to show aconfirmation window. Use o or p to

select yes or no and press V. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 288.

Fuel Filter Life Remaining (DieselEngine Only) : If equipped, anestimate of the fuel filter's remaininguseful life is shown. If 90% FuelFilter Life Remaining is displayed, itmeans 90% of the current fuel filterlife remains. The fuel filter lifesystem will alert when to change thefuel filter on a schedule consistentwith your driving conditions.

When the remaining fuel filter life islow, the CHANGE FUEL FILTERmessage will appear on the display.Change the fuel filter as soon aspossible.

The Fuel Filter Life display must bereset after each Fuel Filter change.It will not reset itself. Do not resetthe Fuel Filter Life display at anytime other than when the fuel filterhas just been changed. To reset theFuel Filter Life system press Vwhile the display is active to show aconfirmation window to reset. Presso or p to select yes or no andpress V. See Fuel FilterReplacement (Diesel) 0 258.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber.See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 323 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 324.

Average Speed : Displays theaverage vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V while this display isactive to show a confirmationwindow to select yes or no andpress V.

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bar



graph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved forthe selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.”

Press V to select the distance or

reset best value. Use w and x to

choose the distance and press V.

Press w and x to select “Reset

Best Score.” Press V to reset thebest average fuel economy. Afterreset, the best value displays “-,-”until the selected distance has beentraveled.


Follow Distance/Gap Setting :If equipped, the current follow timeto the vehicle ahead is displayed asa time value on this page. WhenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) hasbeen engaged, the display switches

to the gap setting page. This pageshows the current gap setting alongwith the vehicle ahead indicator.

Driver Assistance : If equipped,shows information for Lane KeepAssist (LKA), Lane DepartureWarning (LDW), and ForwardCollision Alert (FCA).

Economy Trend : Shows history ofthe Average Fuel Economy from thelast 50 km (30 mi). Each barrepresents about 5 km (3 mi) ofdriving. During driving the bars willshift to always reflect the mostrecent distance on the right side.Press V to open the menu whilethis display is active to clear thegraph. Select yes or no andpress V.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vto open the menu while this displayis active. Use w and x to select

Start Timer or Reset. Press V. To

stop the timer, press V while thisdisplay is active. The display will

show the amount of time that haspassed since the timer was lastreset.

Speed Limit : Shows signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation, if equipped. The sign willshow “− −” when there is nodetected speed limit or the systemis unavailable.

Press V while this display is activeto toggle Speed Limit sign on or off.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 132. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system, aDIC will display a message.

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).Oil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity. On some models, the oilpump will vary engine oil pressureaccording to engine needs. Oilpressure may change quickly as the



engine speed or load varies. This isnormal. If the oil pressure warninglight or DIC message indicates oilpressure outside the normaloperating range, check the vehicle'soil as soon as possible.


Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) LevelPercent (Diesel Engine Only) :If equipped, the DEF level will bedisplayed as either OK, XX%,or LOW. When LOW appears on thedisplay, add DEF as soon aspossible. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 205.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) LevelGauge (Diesel Engine Only) :If equipped, the DEF level displaysas a horizontal bar gauge with E or0 and F or 1 at both ends. If more ofthe bar is filled green, the vehiclehas a higher level of DEF. When the

estimated level is low, the gauge willturn red and LOW will display abovethe bar. When there is an error, thebar will be empty andUNAVAILABLE will appear. WhenLOW appears on the display, addDEF as soon as possible. SeeDiesel Exhaust Fluid 0 205.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Range(Diesel Engine Only) : If equipped,this page displays how far thevehicle can go before DEF needs tobe replaced. Range is displayed inmi or km. When the estimated rangeis low, LOW will display. If an erroroccurs, “−−” will display. When DEFrange is high, a greater than sign isshown before the range value.

When LOW appears on the display,add DEF as soon as possible. SeeDiesel Exhaust Fluid 0 205.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security


Instruments and Controls 151. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. Reduced propulsion powercan affect the vehicle's ability toaccelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance may

be reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TOXXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

If equipped with a diesel engine,see Diesel Exhaust Fluid 0 205.

VehiclePersonalizationThe following are all possiblevehicle personalization features.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see“Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a listof available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.



The menu may contain thefollowing:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and amessage when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Climate and Air Quality

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Auto Fan Speed

. Air Quality Sensor

. Auto Cooled Seats

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This setting specifies the amount ofairflow when the climate control fansetting is Auto Fan.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.

Air Quality Sensor

This setting switches the systeminto Recirculation Mode based onthe quality of the outside air.

Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.

Auto Cooled Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate ventilatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 64.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. The autoheated seats can be turned off byusing the heated seat buttons onthe center console. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 64.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

This setting automatically turns thefront defogger on when the engineis started.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This setting automatically turns therear defogger on when the engine isstarted.

Touch Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Alert Type

. Forward Collision System

. Lane Change Alert

. Park Assist

. Rear Camera Park AssistSymbols

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert



Alert Type

This feature will set the type of alertreceived from the driver assistancesystems to help avoid crashes,either Beeps or Safety Alert Seatvibration pulses.

Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Forward Collision System

This feature will turn on or offForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB).The Off setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB. See ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) 0 242.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Lane Change Alert

The LCA system is a lane-changingaid that assists drivers with avoidinglane change crashes. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 246.

Touch Off or On.

Park Assist

If equipped, this allows the featureto be turned on or off. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 235.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

This setting enables the RearCamera Park Assist Symbols. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 235.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 235.

Touch Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Hands Free Liftgate Control

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

. Extended Hill Start Assist

Chime Volume

This determines the chime volumelevel.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to adjust thevolume.

Hands Free Liftgate Control

The liftgate may be operated with akicking motion under the rearbumper between the left exhaustpipe and the license plate. SeeLiftgate 0 42.

Touch Off, On-Open and Close,or On-Open Only.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, the driver and/orpassenger mirrors will tilt downwardwhen the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse) to improve visibility ofthe ground near the rear wheels.They will return to their previousdriving position when the vehicle is



shifted out of R (Reverse) or theengine is turned off. See ReverseTilt Mirrors 0 51.

Touch Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shiftedto R (Reverse).

Touch Off or On.

Extended Hill Start Assist

This allows the duration of the HillStart Assist to be changed.

Touch Extended Hold orStandard Hold.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on brieflywhen K on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is pressedto locate the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock


Instruments and Controls 155. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the ventilatedseats when using remote start onwarm days.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 64 and Remote VehicleStart 0 36.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the heated seatswhen using remote start oncold days.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 64 and Remote VehicleStart 0 36.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

This allows the windows to beopened when pressing and holdingK on the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door Only.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 30.

Touch Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enables theRemote No Longer In Vehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.

Seating Position


. Seat Entry Memory

. Seat Exit Memory



Seat Entry Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions when theignition is changed from off to on orACC/ACCESSORY. See MemorySeats 0 61.

Touch On or Off.

Seat Exit Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe previously storedB (Exit)button position when exiting thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 61.

Touch Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 396.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. These



instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read the instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will applyand may differ based on landline ormobile phone.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remotesystem buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light goes from aslow to a rapid flashing light.Then release both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals for SomeGate Operators” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.


158 Instruments and Controls. If the indicator light does

not come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,

press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Some GateOperators

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will applyand may differ based on landline ormobile phone.

Some radio-frequency laws andgate operators require transmittersignals to time out or quit afterseveral seconds of transmission.



This may not be long enough for theUniversal Remote system to pick upthe signal during programming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


160 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 160Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 163Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Battery Load Management . . . 167Battery Power Protection . . . . . 167Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.


Lighting 161

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen it is dark outside and theexterior lamp control is in AUTOor5. The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the button on theturn signal lever. If this happens,pressb on the turn signallever when the exterior lampcontrol is in the AUTO or5position to reactivate theIntelliBeam system. The


162 Lighting

instrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeamsystem is reactivated.

. The IntelliBeam system will turnoff if the fog lamps areturned on.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need tobe disabled if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThe flash-to-pass feature works withthe low beams or Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on or off.

To flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward youmomentarily and then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL system comes on indaylight when the followingconditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.


Lighting 163

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will not beon. The instrument cluster will be lit.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off. For vehicles first soldin Canada, the DRL can only beturned off when the vehicle isparked.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor; otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers


164 Lighting

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble.

Press| again to turn theflashers off.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lane

change is complete. If the lever ismoved momentarily to the lanechange position, the arrow will flashthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbsreplaced. If a bulb is not burned out,check the fuse. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block 0 311.

Fog Lamps

The fog lamps button is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringwheel.

To turn on the fog lamps, the ignitionand the headlamps or parking lampsmust be on.

# : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. An indicator light on theinstrument cluster comes on whenthe fog lamps are on.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.


Lighting 165

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentcluster display, infotainment displayand controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Push the knob in all the way until itextends out and then turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise tobrighten or dim the lights.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened and thejOFF indicator light is turned off. SeeDome Lamps 0 165.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button will

turn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this featureand the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading LampsThere are reading lamps on theoverhead console and over the rearpassenger doors. These lampscome on when any door is opened.


166 Lighting

Front Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

Rear Reading Lamps

Press the lamp lens to turn the rearpassenger reading lamps on or off.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps turn on briefly at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. When adoor is opened, the interior lampscome on. They stay on for about20 seconds. When all of the doorshave been closed or the ignition isturned on, they gradually fade out.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comeson after the ignition is turned off.The exterior lamps and dome lampremain on for a set amount of time,then automatically turn off.


Lighting 167

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all of thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, rearwindow defogger, climate control fanat high speed, heated seats, enginecooling fans, trailer loads, and loadsplugged into accessory poweroutlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,

this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed and it is recommendedthat the driver reduce the electricalloads as much as possible.

Battery Power ProtectionThis feature shuts off the interiorlamps if they are left on for morethan 10 minutes when the ignition isoff. This helps to prevent the batteryfrom running down.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


168 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.


Climate Controls 169

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . 169Dual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

MaintenancePassenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Fan Control

2. MAX Defrost

3. Defrost/Defog


5. Temperature Control

6. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

7. Recirculation



^ : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed or turn thefan off.

TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the temperature.


170 Climate Controls

Air Delivery Mode Controls :Press{,z, and0 or acombination of the buttons tochange the direction of the airflow.The indicator light in the button willturn on.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following:

0 : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield.

{ : Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

z : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield and the fan runs at ahigher speed. Fog or frost is clearedfrom the windshield more quickly.When the button is pressed again,the system returns to the previousmode setting.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. If theclimate control system is turned offor the outside temperature fallsbelow freezing, the air conditionerwill not run.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or to reduce theentry of outside air and odors.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger can be turned off byturning the ignition off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outside

temperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically.

If the vehicle is equipped withheated outside mirrors, they turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirror.See Heated Mirrors 0 50.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

M or L : If equipped, press M or Lto heat the driver or passenger seat.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 64.



Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. MAX Defrost



5. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats (If Equipped)

6. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

8. Fan Control

9. Power

10. Recirculation


Automatic Operation

The system automatically heats orcools the vehicle to the desiredtemperature:

. Fan Speed

. Air Delivery Mode

. Air Conditioning

. Recirculation

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and theselected setting is displayed.Functions not manually set willcontinue to be automaticallycontrolled, even if the AUTOindicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed forbest comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculation



light will not come on. Press@ toselect recirculation; press it again toselect outside air.

Driver and PassengerTemperature Control : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Turn the knob clockwiseor counterclockwise to increase ordecrease the temperature.

SYNC : Press to link all climatezone settings to the driver setting.The SYNC indicator light will turnon. When the passenger settingsare adjusted, the SYNC indicatorlight turns off.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the fan off or on.When off, no air will flow into thevehicle. Turning the fan on, pressingany other button, or turning a knobwill turn the system back on usingthe current setting.

^ : Press to increase or decreasethe fan speed. The fan speedsetting appears on the main display.Pressing either button cancels

automatic fan control and the fan iscontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

Air Delivery Mode Controls :Press any combination of X,Y,

or[ to change the direction of theairflow. The indicator light in thebutton will turn on. The currentmode appears in the display screen.Pressing any of the three buttonscancels automatic air deliverycontrol and the direction of theairflow is controlled manually. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following:

X : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield and the fan runs at ahigher speed. Fog or frost is cleared

from the windshield more quickly.When the button is pressed again,the system returns to the previousmode setting.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. If theclimate control system is turned offor the outside temperature fallsbelow freezing, the air conditionerwill not run.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic air conditioning and turnsoff the air conditioner. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation andthe air conditioner runsautomatically as needed. When theindicator light is on, the airconditioner runs automatically tocool the air inside the vehicle or todry the air needed to defog thewindshield faster.



@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or to reduce theentry of outside air and odors.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. The fan speed mayslightly increase to help preventfogging. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation.

To turn Auto Defog off or on, see“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on. Thedefogger only works when theignition is on.

The defogger can be turned off byturning the ignition to off or ACC/ACCESSORY.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.When auto rear defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)and below. The Auto Rear Defoggerturns off automatically.

If the vehicle is equipped withheated outside mirrors, they turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirror.See Heated Mirrors 0 50.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anything

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

else that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Front Seats :If equipped, press L or M to heatthe driver or passenger seat.

If equipped, press { or C toventilate the driver or passengerseat. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 64.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation (If Equipped) : If thevehicle is equipped with the remotestart feature, the climate controlsystem may run when the vehicle isstarted remotely. The system usesthe driver’s previous settings to heator cool the inside of the vehicle. Therear defog may come on duringremote start based on cold ambient



conditions. If the vehicle has heatedor ventilated seats, they may comeon during a remote start.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36 andHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 64.

Sensor

The solar sensor on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Air VentsUse the louvers located on the airvents to change the direction of theairflow.

To open or close off the airflow:

. On the center air vents, movethe slider knobs up or down.

. On the outer and rear air vents,move the slider knobs rightor left.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle, which may improvelong term system performance.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 369.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 379.

1. Open the glove box.

2. Disconnect the glove box doordamper (1) from the glove boxdoor assembly by squeezingthe pivot (2) to release thedamper ring.

3. Squeeze both sides of theglove box bin inward to lowerbeyond the stops.



4. Remove the two screwssecuring the door.

5. Press the latches on either sideof the service door inward torelease. Open the service doorand remove the old filter.

6. Install the new air filter.

7. Close the service doorcompletely.

8. Reverse the steps to reinstallthe glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 369.


Driving and Operating 177

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . 179Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 180Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 181Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 186Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 187Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 189Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 194Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 196Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 202Parking over Things

That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Diesel Particulate FilterDiesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . 204

Diesel Exhaust FluidDiesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . . . 205

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 210Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 215Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 217

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 224

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 234Assistance Systems for

Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 235Assistance Systems for

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Forward Automatic

Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Front Pedestrian Braking

(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Side Blind Zone

Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 246Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 248

FuelTop Tier Fuel (Gasoline) . . . . . . 250Top Tier Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . 250


178 Driving and Operating

Recommended Fuel (LYX -1.5L L4 Turbo Engine) . . . . . . 251

Recommended Fuel (LTG -2.0L L4 Turbo Engine) . . . . . . 251

Prohibited Fuels (Gasoline) . . . 251Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 252Fuel Additives (Gasoline) . . . . . 252Fuel Additives (Diesel) . . . . . . . 252Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . 252Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Cold Weather Operation

(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Water in Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . 255Running Out of Fuel

(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Fuel Filter Replacement

(Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Filling the Tank (Gasoline) . . . . 259Filling the Tank (Diesel) . . . . . . . 260Filling a Portable Fuel

Container (Gasoline) . . . . . . . . 262Filling a Portable Fuel

Container (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Driving Characteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Driving Information

Driver BehaviorDriving is an importantresponsibility. Driver behavior, thedriving environment, and thevehicle's design all affect how well avehicle performs.

Being aware of these factors canhelp in understanding how thevehicle handles and what can bedone to avoid many types ofcrashes, including a rollover crash.

Most serious injuries and fatalities tounbelted occupants can be reducedor prevented by the use of seatbelts. In a rollover crash, anunbelted person is significantlymore likely to die than a personwearing a seat belt. In addition,avoiding excessive speed, suddenor abrupt turns, and drunken oraggressive driving can help maketrips safer and avoid the possibilityof a crash.



Driving EnvironmentBe prepared for driving in inclementweather, at night, or during othertimes where visibility or traction maybe limited, such as on curves,slippery roads, or hilly terrain.Unfamiliar surroundings can alsohave hidden hazards.

Learn more about driving in differentconditions and off-road driving inthis section.

Vehicle DesignUtility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other typesof vehicles. This is because theyhave a higher ground clearance anda narrower track or shorterwheelbase than passenger cars,which makes them more capable foroff-road driving. While these designcharacteristics provide the driverwith a better view of the road, thesevehicles do have a higher center ofgravity than other types of vehicles.A utility vehicle does not handle the

same as a vehicle with a lowercenter of gravity, like a car, in similarsituations.

Safe driver behavior andunderstanding of the environmentcan help avoid a rollover crash inany type of vehicle, including utilityvehicles.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.


180 Driving and Operating. Avoid stressful conversations

while driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 69.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.



If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery



The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packed

snow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road DrivingAll-wheel-drive vehicles can beused for off-road driving. Vehicleswithout all-wheel drive and vehiclesnot equipped with All Terrain (AT) orOn-Off Road (OOR) tires must notbe driven off-road except on a level,solid surface. To contact the tiremanufacturer for more informationabout the original equipment tires,see the warranty manual.

Controlling the vehicle is the key tosuccessful off-road driving. One ofthe best ways to control the vehicleis to control the speed.



{ Warning

When driving off-road, bouncingand quick changes in directioncan easily throw you out ofposition. This could cause you tolose control and crash. You andyour passengers should alwayswear seat belts.

Before Driving Off-Road. Have all necessary maintenance

and service work completed.

. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,and check inflation pressure inall tires, including the spare,if equipped.

. Read all the information aboutall-wheel-drive vehicles in thismanual.

. Make sure all underbodyshields, if equipped, are properlyattached.

. Know the local laws that apply tooff-road driving.

Loading the Vehicle forOff-Road Driving

{ Warning

. Unsecured cargo on theload floor can be tossedabout when driving overrough terrain. You or yourpassengers can be struckby flying objects. Secure thecargo properly.

. Keep cargo in the cargoarea as far forward and aslow as possible. Theheaviest things should beon the floor, forward of therear axle.

. Heavy loads on the roofraise the vehicle's center ofgravity, making it more likelyto roll over. You can beseriously or fatally injured ifthe vehicle rolls over. Putheavy loads inside thecargo area, not on the roof.

For more information about loadingthe vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits0 190.

Environmental Concerns. Always use established trails,

roads, and areas that have beenset aside for public off-roadrecreational driving and obey allposted regulations.

. Do not damage shrubs, flowers,trees, or grasses or disturbwildlife.

. Do not park over things thatburn. See Parking over ThingsThat Burn 0 202.

Driving on Hills

Driving safely on hills requires goodjudgment and an understanding ofwhat the vehicle can and cannot do.

{ Warning

Many hills are simply too steepfor any vehicle. Driving up hillscan cause the vehicle to stall.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Driving down hills can cause lossof control. Driving across hills cancause a rollover. You could beinjured or killed. Do not drive onsteep hills.

Before driving on a hill, assess thesteepness, traction, andobstructions. If the terrain aheadcannot be seen, get out of thevehicle and walk the hill beforedriving further.

When driving on hills:

. Use a low gear and keep a firmgrip on the steering wheel.

. Maintain a slow speed.

. When possible, drive straight upor down the hill.

. Slow down when approachingthe top of the hill.

. Use headlamps even during theday to make the vehicle morevisible.

{ Warning

Driving to the top of a hill at highspeed can cause a crash. Therecould be a drop-off, embankment,cliff, or even another vehicle. Youcould be seriously injured orkilled. As you near the top of ahill, slow down and stay alert.

. Never go downhill forward orbackward with the transmissionin N (Neutral). The brakes couldoverheat and you could losecontrol.

. When driving down a hill, keepthe vehicle headed straightdown. Use a low gear becausethe engine will work with thebrakes to slow the vehicle andhelp keep the vehicle undercontrol.

{ Warning

Heavy braking when going downa hill can cause your brakes tooverheat and fade. This couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured or killed.Apply the brakes lightly whendescending a hill and use a lowgear to keep vehicle speed undercontrol.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

1. Apply the brakes to stop thevehicle, and then apply theparking brake.

2. Shift into P (Park) and thenrestart the engine.

. If driving uphill when thevehicle stalls, shift toR (Reverse), release theparking brake, and backstraight down.


Driving and Operating 185. Never try to turn the vehicle

around. If the hill is steepenough to stall the vehicle,it is steep enough to causeit to roll over.

. If you cannot make it up thehill, back straight downthe hill.

. Never back down a hill inN (Neutral) using only thebrake. The vehicle can rollbackward quickly and youcould lose control.

. If driving downhill when thevehicle stalls, shift to alower gear, release theparking brake, and drivestraight down the hill.

3. If the vehicle cannot berestarted after stalling, set theparking brake, shift intoP (Park), and turn thevehicle off.

3.1. Leave the vehicle andseek help.

3.2. Stay clear of the path thevehicle would take if itrolled downhill.

. Avoid turns that take the vehicleacross the incline of the hill.A hill that can be driven straightup or down might be too steep todrive across. Driving across anincline puts more weight on thedownhill wheels which couldcause a downhill slide or arollover.

. Surface conditions can be aproblem. Loose gravel, muddyspots, or even wet grass cancause the tires to slip sideways,downhill. If the vehicle slipssideways, it can hit somethingthat will trip it — a rock, a rut,etc. — and roll over.

. Hidden obstacles can make thesteepness of the incline moresevere. If a rock is driven acrosswith the uphill wheels, or if thedownhill wheels drop into a rutor depression, the vehicle can tilteven more.

. If an incline must be drivenacross, and the vehicle starts toslide, turn downhill. This shouldhelp straighten out the vehicleand prevent the side slipping.

{ Warning

Getting out of the vehicle on thedownhill side when stoppedacross an incline is dangerous.If the vehicle rolls over, you couldbe crushed or killed. Always getout on the uphill side of thevehicle and stay well clear of therollover path.

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,or Ice

Use a low gear when driving inmud — the deeper the mud, thelower the gear. Keep the vehiclemoving to avoid getting stuck.

Traction changes when driving onsand. On loose sand, such as onbeaches or sand dunes, the tirestend to sink into the sand. Thisaffects steering, accelerating, and



braking. Drive at a reduced speedand avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

Traction is reduced on hard packedsnow and ice and it is easy to losecontrol. Reduce vehicle speed whendriving on hard packed snowand ice.

{ Warning

Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,or rivers can be dangerous. Iceconditions vary greatly and thevehicle could fall through the ice;you and your passengers coulddrown. Drive your vehicle on safesurfaces only.

Driving in Water

{ Warning

Driving through rushing water canbe dangerous. Deep water cansweep your vehicle downstreamand you and your passengers

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could drown. If it is only shallowwater, it can still wash away theground from under your tires.Traction could be lost, and thevehicle could roll over. Do notdrive through rushing water.

Caution

Do not drive through standingwater if it is deep enough to coverthe wheel hubs, axles, or exhaustpipe. Deep water can damage theaxle and other vehicle parts.

If the standing water is not too deep,drive through it slowly. At fasterspeeds, water can get into theengine and cause it to stall. Stallingcan occur if the exhaust pipe isunder water. Do not turn off theignition when driving through water.If the exhaust pipe is under water,the engine will not start. When goingthrough water, the brakes get wet

and it may take longer to stop. SeeDriving on Wet Roads 0 186 later inthis section.

After Off-Road Driving

Remove any brush or debris thathas collected on the underbody orchassis, or under the hood. Theseaccumulations can be a fire hazard.

After operation in mud or sand,have the brake linings cleaned andchecked. These substances cancause glazing and uneven braking.Check the body structure, steering,suspension, wheels, tires, andexhaust system for damage andcheck the fuel lines and coolingsystem for any leakage.

More frequent maintenance serviceis required. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 369.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these types



of driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 315.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.



{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 218.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 214.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 390. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.



{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 203.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 218.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until the



wheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 353.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). The tire and loadinginformation label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipment



tires (3) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 315and Tire Pressure 0 322.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 268 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules andtrailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).



2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's tire andloading information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to thecenter pillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size ofthe vehicle's original tires andthe inflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. The label showsthe gross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called the Gross



Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on the front andrear axles, weigh the vehicle ata weigh station. Your dealer canhelp with this. Be sure to spreadthe load equally on both sides ofthe centerline.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 800 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 300 km (200 mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.

Stopping the Engine/Off (NoIndicator Lights)

When the vehicle is stopped, pressENGINE START/STOP once to turnthe engine off.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be on and the brake pedalmust be applied.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 200.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).



When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition system willturn off.

The vehicle may have an electricsteering column lock. The lock isactivated when the vehicle is turnedoff and either front door is opened.A sound may be heard as the lockactuates or releases. The steeringcolumn lock may not release withthe wheels turned off center. If thishappens, the vehicle may not start.Move the steering wheel from left toright while attempting to start thevehicle. If this does not work, thevehicle needs service.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be turned off inan emergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park) and turn theignition off.

4. Set the electric parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake0 215.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled overand must be turned off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light)

This mode allows you to use someelectrical accessories when theengine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (GreenIndicator Light)

This mode is for driving and starting.With the ignition off and the brakepedal applied, pressing the buttononce will place the ignition systemin ON/RUN/START. Once enginecranking begins, release the button.Engine cranking will continue untilthe engine starts. See Starting theEngine 0 196. The ignition will thenremain in ON/RUN.



Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Mode. Theinstruments and audio systems willoperate as they do in ON/RUN, butthe vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Mode. Press the buttonagain to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 273.

Gasoline Engine StartingProcedure

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter mustbe in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with the

brake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) willdisplay a message. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.



2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press ENGINE START/STOP. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to allow thecranking motor to cool down.When the engine starts,release the accelerator. If thevehicle starts briefly but thenstops again, do the same thing.This clears the extra gasolinefrom the engine. Do not racethe engine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Diesel Engine Starting Procedure

The diesel engine starts differentlythan a gasoline engine.

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. Press

ENGINE START/STOP andobserve the wait-to-start light.See Wait-to-Start Light 0 137.This light may not come on ifthe engine is warm.

2. As soon as the wait-to-startlight goes off, immediatelypress ENGINE START/STOPwith the brake pedal applied tostart.

The engine has a fast warm-upglow plug system. Thewait-to-start light will illuminatefor a much shorter time thanmost diesel engines, due to therapid heating of the glow plugsystem.

Caution

If the wait-to-start light stays onafter starting the vehicle, thevehicle may not run properly.Have the vehicle servicedright away.

3. If the engine does not startafter 15 seconds of cranking,wait one minute for thecranking motor to cool, then trythe same steps again.

If you are trying to start the engineafter you have run out of fuel, followthe steps in Running Out of Fuel(Diesel) 0 258.

When the engine is cold, let it runfor a few minutes before driving.This lets oil pressure build up. Theengine will sound louder when itis cold.

Cold Weather Starting (DieselEngine)

Use the recommended engine oilwhen the outside temperature dropsbelow freezing. See Engine Oil0 284. When the outsidetemperature drops below –18°C(0°F), use of the engine heater isrecommended.

See Fuel for Diesel Engines 0 252for information on what fuel to use incold weather.



If the Diesel Engine Will NotStart

If you have run out of fuel, seeRunning Out of Fuel (Diesel) 0 258.

If the vehicle is not out of fuel, andthe engine will not start:

Press ENGINE START/STOP.Immediately after the wait-to-startlight goes off, press ENGINESTART/STOP to start the vehicle.

If the light does not go off, wait afew seconds, then try starting theengine again. See your dealer for astarting system check.

If the light comes on and then goesoff, and it is known that the batteryis charged, but the engine still willnot start, the vehicle needs service.

If the light does not come on whenthe engine is cold, the vehicleneeds service.

If the battery does not have enoughcharge to start the engine, seeBattery - North America 0 299.

Check that the correct engine oilhas been used and changed atappropriate intervals. If the wrong oilis used, the engine may be harderto start.

Be sure to use the proper fuel forexisting weather conditions. SeeFuel for Diesel Engines 0 252.

If the engine starts, runs a shorttime, then stops, the vehicle needsservice.

{ Warning

Do not use gasoline or startingaids, such as ether, in the airintake. They could damage theengine, which may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.They could also cause a fire,which could cause seriouspersonal injury.

Stop/Start SystemIf equipped, the Stop/Start systemwill shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. It has componentsdesigned for the increased numberof starts.

{ Warning

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature causes the engine to shutoff while the vehicle is still on. Donot exit the vehicle before shiftingto P (Park). The vehicle mayrestart and move unexpectedly.Always shift to P (Park), and thenturn the ignition off before exitingthe vehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 128. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedal ispressed, the engine will restart.



To maintain vehicle performance,other conditions may cause theengine to automatically restartbefore the brake pedal is released.

Auto Stops may not occur and/orauto restarts may occur because:

. The climate control settingsrequire the engine to be runningto cool or heat the vehicleinterior.

. The vehicle battery chargeis low.

. The vehicle battery has recentlybeen disconnected.

. Minimum vehicle speed has notbeen reached since the lastAuto Stop

. The accelerator pedal ispressed.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is notin the required operating range.

. The vehicle is in any gear otherthan D (Drive).

. Tow/Haul Mode or other drivermodes have been selected.

. The vehicle is on a steep hill orgrade.

. The driver door has beenopened or driver seat belt hasbeen unbuckled.

. The hood has been opened.

. The Auto Stop has reached themaximum allowed time.

Engine Heater

{ Warning

Do not plug in the engine blockheater while the vehicle is parkedin a garage or under a carport.Property damage or personalinjury may result. Always park thevehicle in a clear open area awayfrom buildings or structures.

The engine heater, if available, canhelp in cold weather conditions at orbelow −18 °C (0 °F) for easierstarting and better fuel economyduring engine warm-up. Plug in theengine heater at least four hoursbefore starting the vehicle. Aninternal thermostat in the plug endof the cord will prevent enginecoolant heater operation attemperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Remove the heater cord fromthe rear compartment.



3. Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

4. Plug the cord into thereceptacle in the front fascia.

5. Plug the other end of the cordinto a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could makeit overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.



The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into Park

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to get out ofthe vehicle if the shift lever is notfully in P (Park) with the parkingbrake firmly set. The vehicle canroll. If you have left the enginerunning, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure the vehicle willnot move, even when you are onfairly level ground, use the stepsthat follow. If you are pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 264.

To shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 215for more information.

2. Hold the button on the shiftlever and push the lever towardthe front of the vehicle intoP (Park).

3. Turn the ignition off.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehicle

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

can move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 201.If you are towing a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 264.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parkingbrake set.

Release the button and check thatthe shift lever cannot be moved outof P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is not



done properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park”listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkTo shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition on.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), see your dealerfor service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 201 andEngine Exhaust 0 203.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitteroutside the vehicle, it will continueto run for up to half an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 201 andEngine Exhaust 0 203.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 264.



Diesel ParticulateFilterThe Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)system filters soot particles out ofthe exhaust gases. The DPF isunder the vehicle in the exhaustsystem.

Depending on a number of factorsmonitored by the engine computer,the DPF will need to be cleaned ofaccumulated solids. When acleaning is needed, the enginecomputer will initiate a self-cleaningfunction that runs automaticallyduring driving without anynotification. The filter is cleaned byperiodically burning off the sootparticles at high temperature. Thisprocess takes place automaticallyunder set driving conditions andmay take up to 25 minutes. Fuelconsumption may be higher duringthis period.

While the DPF cleaning isautomatically controlled by theengine computer, the vehicle willneed to operate continuously forapproximately 25 minutes and at

speeds greater than 50 km/h(30 mph) to clean the DPFeffectively.

If the vehicle is used for numerousshort trips or extended slow-speedoperation, the engine computer maynot be able to adequately heat upthe exhaust system to clean theDPF effectively. The enginecomputer has been designed tocontinuously monitor the conditionof the DPF. When the enginecomputer detects that the DPF isnearly full of particulates and thatthe vehicle is not being operated ina manner that would allow effectiveautomatic DPF cleaning, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagewill display. Start the cleaningprocess as soon as possible.

Cleaning Process

To activate the cleaning process,continue driving safely, and keepvehicle speed above 50 km/h (30mph) until the warning message inthe DIC turns off.

If the vehicle continues to be drivenwith the DPF warning message on,and the exhaust filter is not cleanedas required, the malfunctionindicator lamp and the ENGINEPOWER IS REDUCED messagewill come on. Dealer service isnecessary.

See Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 132.

{ Warning

During DPF self cleaning orduring extended idling whileparked, the exhaust system andexhaust gases are very hot.Things that burn could touch hotexhaust parts under the vehicleand ignite. You or others could beburned. Do not park, or idle for anextended period of time, near orover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.Keep the exhaust area clear ofmaterial that could ignite or burn.See Parking over Things ThatBurn 0 202 for more information.



Diesel Exhaust Fluid

{ Warning

Avoid getting Diesel ExhaustFluid (DEF) on your skin or inyour eyes as it could causeirritation. For more safety,handling, and storage information,see the Diesel Exhaust Fluidcontainer label.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is usedwith diesel engines to reduce theamount of regulated emissionsproduced. Products such as AdBlueare types of DEF, and are approvedfor use in the vehicle as long asthey have an API certification labelor meet ISO 22241.The fluid level inthe DEF tank must be maintainedfor the vehicle to run properly. DEFis not a fuel additive. DEF shouldnot be mixed with or added to dieselfuel. DEF freezes when exposed totemperatures below −11 °C (12 ° F).

It is normal to hear the DEF systempurge fluid back into the tank afterthe vehicle is shut off.

Locating Diesel Exhaust Fluid

DEF can be purchased at yourdealer. It can also be purchased atauthorized vehicle and truckdealerships. Additionally, somediesel truck fueling stations orretailers may have DEF forpurchase. For vehicles with anactive OnStar or connected servicesplan, OnStar can help to locate aDEF retailer. See CustomerAssistance Offices 0 388 for phonenumbers to assist in contacting aGM dealer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 378.

Filling the DEF Tank

Caution

Use only DEF that is GMapproved, or fluid containing theAPI certified or ISO 22241 label.The use of other fluids could

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

damage the system, requiringcostly repairs that will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Do not mix fuel with DEF, and donot put DEF in the fuel tank. Thiscould lead to costly repairs thatmight not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

It is recommended to fill the DEFtank on level ground and when thevehicle is not running. When addingfluid, it is recommended to fill theDEF tank.

Caution

Do not overfill the DEF tank anddo not allow DEF to contact thefinished surfaces of the vehicle,

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

as it could damage the vehiclefinish. If DEF is spilled duringfilling, wipe any affected surfacewith a damp cloth.

Do not top off the DEF tank. If usinga bottle or jug to refill DEF, followthe instructions on the containerlabel and use a dedicated fill aid.

In certain cold conditions, it ispossible to find some frozen DEF inthe DEF fill pipe opening. If thiscondition prevents the filling of aDEF tank, place the vehicle in awarm garage overnight.

For information on how to fill theDEF tank, see Filling the Tank(Gasoline) 0 259 or Filling the Tank(Diesel) 0 260.

Exhaust Fluid Low

A full DEF tank will last for severalthousand kilometers (miles),depending on vehicle usage. As theexhaust fluid level drops, warningswill automatically be displayed in the

DIC. Exhaust fluid level status isavailable in the DIC. See “DieselExhaust Fluid (DEF) Level (DieselEngine Only)” in Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level andMidlevel) 0 141 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 146.

To avoid vehicle speed limitations,the DEF tank should be refilled atthe first opportunity after a lowwarning indication. If DEF is addedbefore the EXHAUST FLUIDEMPTY REFILL NOW messageappears, it may take several km/mifor the DIC message to update.

If the vehicle speed has beenlimited and DEF has been added, itmay take up to 30 seconds afterengine start with the vehiclestopped for the EXHAUST FLUIDEMPTY REFILL NOW message toclear. If the vehicle is driven prior tothe DIC message clearing, thevehicle speed will still be limited.If the DIC message clears whiledriving, the speed limitation will beremoved gradually.

If DEF is added under freezingconditions, additional time may berequired to remove speed limitationsand it may require less fluid to fillthe DEF tank.

The DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID RANGE: XXXX km (mi)displays at approximately 1 600 km(1,000 mi) of fluid range remaining.This message appears again atapproximately 500 km (300 mi) ofremaining range before the exhaustfluid tank becomes empty.

Below 500 km (300 mi) of rangeremaining, these messages willappear every time the vehicle isstarted.

Below 121 km (75 mi) of rangeremaining, the DIC messageEXHAUST FLUID LOW SPEEDLIMITED SOON displays. Thismessage will display every time thevehicle is started.

If these warnings are ignored andthe DEF tank becomes empty, theDIC message EXHAUST FLUIDEMPTY REFILL NOW - 563 KM(350 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH)



MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightalso comes on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A warning light and a chime alsocome on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 104 KM/h (65 MPH).

After the transition to 104 KM/h(65 MPH) is complete, the DICmessage EXHAUST FLUID EMPTYREFILL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chime

also come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 88 KM/h (55 MPH).

After the transition to 88 KM/h(55 MPH) is complete, the DICmessage EXHAUST FLUID EMPTYREFILL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 8 KM/H (5 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A flashing warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID EMPTY REFILL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 8 KM/H(5 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 8 km/h (5 mph).

After the transition to 8 km/h (5 mph)is complete, the DIC messageEXHAUST FLUID EMPTY REFILLNOW - SPEED LIMITED TO 8 KM/H (5 MPH) displays. A flashingwarning light and a chime alsocome on.

Add at least 7.6 L (2 gal) of fluid torelease the vehicle from speedlimitation from a very low or emptytank. The capacity of the DEF tankis 18.5 L (4.9 gal).

See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)Warning Light 0 139 andRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 378.

Exhaust Fluid Quality Poor

Use only exhaust fluid that is GMapproved, or fluid containing the APIcertified or ISO 22241 label.

All DEF has an expiration date.If the system detects poor quality,or contaminated or diluted DEF, theDIC message EXHAUST FLUIDQUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW – 160 KM (99 MI)UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A warning light alsocomes on. Adding fresh DEF to thesystem may resolve the problem,depending on several factors. If the



DIC message persists, see yourdealer or additional DIC messagesmay display.

When the mileage countdown iszero, a DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID QUALITY POOR - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A warning light and a chime alsocome on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 104 km/h (65 mph).

After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, the DICmessage EXHAUST FLUIDQUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID QUALITY POOR - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H

(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 88 km/h (55 mph).

After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, a DICmessage EXHAUST FLUIDQUALITY POOR - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 8 KM/H (5 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A flashing warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, a DIC message EXHAUSTFLUID QUALITY POOR - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 8 KM/H(5 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 8 km/h (5 mph).

After the transition to 8 km/h (5 mph)is complete, a DIC messageEXHAUST FLUID QUALITY POOR

- SEE OWNERS MANUAL NOW -SPEED LIMITED TO 8 KM/H(5MPH) displays. A flashing warninglight and a chime also come on.

Service Exhaust Fluid System

If a problem occurs with the DEFsystem, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW – 160 KM(99 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H (65 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightalso comes on. In some cases thismessage will clear itself, indicatingthat the DEF system was able tocorrect the condition. If the DICmessage persists, see your dealeror additional DIC messages maydisplay.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A warning light and a chime also



come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 104 km/h (65 mph).

After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, a DICmessage SERVICE EXHAUSTFLUID SYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. Thedisplayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced down to a maximum speedlimit of 88 km/h (55 mph).

After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, the DICmessage SERVICE EXHAUSTFLUID SYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITED

TO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 8 KM/H (5 MPH) MAXSPEED displays. The displayedmileage will decrease as drivingcontinues. A flashing warning lightand a chime also come on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 8 KM/H(5 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on. Vehicle speed will bereduced to a maximum speed limitof 8 km/h (5 mph).

After the transition to 8 km/h (5 mph)is complete, the DIC messageSERVICE EXHAUST FLUIDSYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 8 KM/H (5 MPH) displays.A flashing warning light and a chimealso come on.

Service Emission System

If a problem occurs with the vehicleemission system, the DIC messageSERVICE EMISSION SYSTEM -

SEE OWNERS MANUAL NOW –282 KM (175 MI) UNTIL 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.The displayed mileage will decreaseas driving continues. In some casesthis message will clear itself,indicating that the emission systemwas able to correct the condition.If the DIC message persists, seeyour dealer or additional DICmessages may display.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEMISSION SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 104 KM/H(65 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A chime also comes on. Vehiclespeed will be reduced to amaximum speed limit of 104 km/h(65 mph).

After the transition to 104 km/h(65 mph) is complete, the DICmessage SERVICE EMISSIONSYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 104 KM/H (65 MPH) – 120 KM(75 MI) UNTIL 88 KM/H (55 MPH)MAX SPEED displays. The



displayed mileage will decrease asdriving continues. A chime alsocomes on.

When the mileage countdown iszero, the DIC message SERVICEEMISSION SYSTEM - SEEOWNERS MANUAL NOW -TRANSITIONING TO 88 KM/H(55 MPH) MAX SPEED displays.A chime also comes on. Vehiclespeed will be reduced to amaximum speed limit of 88 km/h(55 mph).

After the transition to 88 km/h(55 mph) is complete, the DICmessage SERVICE EMISSIONSYSTEM - SEE OWNERSMANUAL NOW - SPEED LIMITEDTO 88 KM/H (55 MPH) displays.A chime also comes on.

AutomaticTransmission

P : This position locks the frontwheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 201 andDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 264.

The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. You must fully apply theregular brake first and then pressthe shift lever button before shiftingfrom P (Park) when the ignition ison. If you cannot shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever, then push the shift lever allthe way into P (Park) as youmaintain brake application. Then



press the shift lever button andmove the shift lever into anothergear. See Shifting out of Park 0 202.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 189.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

Caution

If the vehicle does not shift gears,the transmission could bedamaged. Have the vehicleserviced right away.



Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If the vehicleis stuck, do not spin the tires.When stopping on a hill, use thebrakes to hold the vehicle inplace.

L : Allows the driver to select therange of gear positions. See ManualMode 0 212.

Operating Modes

The transmission may operate in alower gear than normal to improvevehicle performance. The enginespeed may be higher and there maybe an increase in noise during thefollowing conditions:

. When climbing a grade.

. When driving downhill.

. When driving in hottemperatures or at high altitude.

Manual Mode

Electronic Range Select(ERS) Mode

ERS or manual mode allows for theselection of the range of gearpositions. Use this mode whendriving downhill or towing a trailer tolimit the top gear and vehicle speed.The shift position indicator within theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay a number next to the Lindicating the highest available gearunder manual mode and the drivingconditions when manual mode wasselected.

To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever toL (Manual Mode).

2. Press the plus/minus button onthe shift lever, to increase ordecrease the gear rangeavailable.

When shifting to L (Manual Mode),the transmission will shift to a presetlower gear range. For this presetrange, the highest gear available isdisplayed next to the L in the DIC.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level and Midlevel) 0 141 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 146 for moreinformation. All gears below thatnumber are available to use. Forexample, when 4 (Fourth) is shownnext to the L, 1 (First) through



4 (Fourth) gears are shiftedautomatically. To shift to 5 (Fifth)gear, press the + (Plus) button orshift into D (Drive).

L (Manual Mode) will preventshifting to a lower gear range if theengine speed is too high. If vehiclespeed is not reduced within the timeallowed, the lower gear range shiftwill not be completed. Slow thevehicle, then press the − (Minus)button to the desired lower gearrange.

While using the ERS, cruise controlcan be used.

Tow/Haul Mode

This feature can assist when towingor hauling a heavy load.

_ : Select Tow/Haul Mode bypressing the button on the centerconsole.

When Tow/Haul is activated, theTow/Haul symbol will come on in theinstrument cluster. A Tow/Haul ONmessage will also appear in theDIC. For vehicles equipped withAWD, the AWD indicator will alsocome on. See DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 264.

Automatic Engine GradeBraking

Automatic Engine Grade Brakingassists when driving downhill.It maintains vehicle speed byautomatically implementing a shiftpattern that uses the engine and thetransmission to slow the vehicle.The system will automaticallycommand downshifts to reducevehicle speed. The normal shiftpattern will return once the vehicleis on a low grade or when theaccelerator pedal is pressed.

While in the Electronic RangeSelect (ERS) mode, grade brakingis deactivated, allowing the driver toselect a range and limiting thehighest gear available. Gradebraking is available for normaldriving and in Tow/Haul Mode.

See Automatic Transmission 0 210.



Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature canoperate in All-WheelDrive (AWD) Mode.

The AWD system delivers power toall four wheels and the systemadjusts as needed to improvetraction.

Press the AWD switch on the centerconsole to activate the system. TheAWD light will flash briefly while thesystem is engaging and stay lit toindicate AWD is active. Press theswitch again to disable the system.The light will flash briefly while thesystem disables and then stay off.

The AWD Mode will stay selecteduntil the mode is changed.

When operated in two-wheel drive,the vehicle will deliver power to thefront wheels only and may providebetter fuel economy.

A system off message displayswhen there is a temporary conditionmaking the AWD systemunavailable. The vehicle will run intwo-wheel drive.

This could be caused by:

. A compact spare tire on thevehicle.

. AWD system overheat.

. Loss of wheel or vehicle speed.

. Certain other vehicle electricalconditions.

The message turns off when thecompact spare tire is replaced by afull-size tire, the differential fluidcools, or the above conditions areno longer present and the warningmessage is reset.

To reset the warning messagemanually, turn the ignition off andthen back on again after30 seconds. If the message stayson, see your dealer.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 135.



If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)can always be activated, even if theignition is off. To prevent drainingthe battery, avoid repeated cycles ofthe EPB when the engine is notrunning.

The system has aY or PARK

Electric Parking Brake light and a 8Service Parking Brake light ormessage.See Electric Parking Brake Light0 134 and Service Electric ParkingBrake Light 0 135. There are alsoparking brake-related DriverInformation Center (DIC) messages.In case of insufficient electricalpower, the EPB cannot be appliedor released.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY or PARK light to ensure thatthe parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.



2. Pull the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY or PARK light will flash andthen stay on once the EPB is fullyapplied. If theY or PARK lightflashes continuously, then the EPBis only partially applied, the vehicleis in Service Mode, or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB switch and try to apply it again.If the light does not come on,or keeps flashing, have the vehicleserviced.

Do not drive the vehicle if theY orPARK light is flashing. See yourdealer. See Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 134.

If the 8 Service Parking Brake light

or message is on or theY orPARK light flashes when the ignitionis turned on, pull the EPB switch.Continue to hold the switch untiltheY or PARK light remains on.

If the 8 Service Parking Brake lightor message remains on, see yourdealer.

If the EPB switch is pulled while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch ispulled. If the switch is pulled untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The EPB applies automaticallywhen shifting to P (Park) on a steepincline. The EPB releases as soonas the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park) and the vehicleaccelerates.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:


2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theYor PARK light is off.

If the 8 Service Parking Brake lightor message is on, release the EPBby pressing and holding the EPBswitch. Continue to hold the switchuntil theY or PARK light is off.If either light stays on after releaseis attempted, see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

Avoid rapid acceleration when theEPB is applied, to preserve parkingbrake lining life.

The EPB will automatically releasewhen the engine is running, thetransmission is placed into gear,and an attempt is made to driveaway by pressing the acceleratorpedal.



If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 264.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation or

pedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist(HSA) feature, which may be usefulwhen the vehicle is stopped on agrade sufficient enough to activateHSA. This feature is designed toprevent the vehicle from rolling,either forward or rearward, duringvehicle drive off. After the drivercompletely stops and holds thevehicle in a complete standstill on agrade, HSA will be automaticallyactivated. During the transitionperiod between when the driver

releases the brake pedal and startsto accelerate to drive off on a grade,HSA holds the braking pressure fora maximum of two seconds toensure that there is no rolling. Thebrakes will automatically releasewhen the accelerator pedal isapplied within the two-secondwindow. It will not activate if thevehicle is in a drive gear and facingdownhill, or if the vehicle is facinguphill and in R (Reverse). Tochange the duration, see “ExtendedHill Start Assist” in VehiclePersonalization 0 151.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),an electronic stability controlsystem. These systems help limitwheel slip and assist the driver inmaintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andTCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins tolimit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 189and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.



2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Off andOn (Uplevel Cluster)

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

At speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orabove, this ability to turn off or on isdisabled.

TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC can beturned off or on using the DICcontrols as follows:

Press o or p to scroll to theOptions application.

Pressw orx to scroll through theitems in the Options menu.

Press V to select the Traction and

Stability page, then press V to

select the menu. Usew orx toselect Traction (TCS) orStability (ESC).

To turn TCS off, select Traction,then press V. The TCS icon on theDIC will change from On to Off andi illuminates in the instrumentcluster.

To turn TCS back on, selectTraction, then press V. The TCSicon on the DIC will change from Offto On and i goes out in theinstrument cluster. TCS cannot beon when StabiliTrak/ESC is off.

To turn StabiliTrak/ESC off, selectStability, then press V. TheStabiliTrak/ESC icon on the DIC willchange from On to Off. If TCS wason when StabiliTrak/ESC wasturned off, both will turn off and iand g illuminate.

To turn StabiliTrak/ESC back on,select Stability then press V. TheStabiliTrak/ESC icon on the DIC willchange from Off to On and g goesout in the instrument cluster.

To turn both StabiliTrak/ESC andTCS back on, select Traction, thenpress V. The StabiliTrak/ESC andTCS icons on the DIC will changefrom Off to On and g and i go outin the instrument cluster.



Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 276.

Turning the Systems Off andOn (Midlevel Cluster)

Caution




Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications.

Press V to select the Options

application, then press p to enter

the Options menu. Usew orx toscroll through items in theOptions menu.

Press V to select the Traction and

Stability page, then press p to

select Traction menu. Usew orxto select Traction (TCS) orStability (ESC).

To turn TCS off, select Traction,then press V. The TCS icon on theDIC will change from On to Off andi illuminates in the instrumentcluster.

To turn TCS back on, selectTraction, then press V. The TCSicon on the DIC will change from Offto On and i goes out in theinstrument cluster. TCS cannot beon when StabiliTrak/ESC is off.

To turn StabiliTrak/ESC off, selectStability, then press V. TheStabiliTrak/ESC icon on the DIC willchange from On to Off. If TCS wason when StabiliTrak/ESC wasturned off, both will turn off and iand g illuminate.

To turn StabiliTrak/ESC back on,select Stability then press V. TheStabiliTrak/ESC icon on the DIC willchange from Off to On and g goesout in the instrument cluster.

To turn both StabiliTrak/ESC andTCS back on, select Traction, thenpress V. The StabiliTrak/ESC and



TCS icons on the DIC will changefrom Off to On and g and i go outin the instrument cluster.


Turning the Systems Off andOn (Base Level DIC)

Caution




Press o or p to select VEHICLE

menu, then usew orx to scrollthrough the menu items to selectTCS/StabiliTrak/ESC.

Press V to enter TCS/StabiliTrak/

ESC, and then usew orx toselect TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC.

To turn TCS off, select TCS, thenpress V. i will illuminate in theinstrument cluster.

To turn TCS back on, select TCS,then press V. i goes out in theinstrument cluster. TCS cannot beon when StabiliTrak/ESC is off.

To turn StabiliTrak off, selectStabiliTrak/ESC, then press V.If TCS was on when StabiliTrak/ESC was turned off, both will turnoff and i and g illuminate in theinstrument cluster.

To turn StabiliTrak/ESC back on,select StabiliTrak/ESC then pressV. g goes out in the instrumentcluster.

To turn both StabiliTrak/ESC andTCS back on, select Traction, thenpress V. g and i go out in theinstrument cluster.




Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With the Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC), the systemmay begin to limit wheel spin whileyou are using cruise control. If thishappens, the cruise control will

automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 218. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 240. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can beturned back on.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC isturned off.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, -SET or+RES could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

To set a speed:

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.



2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release -SET. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed.See Instrument Cluster (Base andMidlevel) 0 120 or InstrumentCluster (Uplevel) 0 124.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,briefly press +RES. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES until thevehicle accelerates to thedesired speed, then release it.

. To increase the speed in smallincrements, briefly press +RES.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits.See Instrument Cluster (Base andMidlevel) 0 120 or InstrumentCluster (Uplevel) 0 124. Theincrement value used depends onthe units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold -SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, briefly press -SET.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.


Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing -SET will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.



Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. To turn off cruise control,press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC) allows the cruise control setspeed and following gap to beselected. Read this entire sectionbefore using this system. Thefollowing gap is the following timebetween your vehicle and a vehicledetected directly ahead in your path,moving in the same direction. If novehicle is detected in your path,ACC works like regular cruisecontrol. ACC uses a windshieldmounted front camera sensor.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling the vehiclespeed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

system activates, ACC mayautomatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 218. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, ACC can be turned back on.Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage andprevent engagement of ACC.

ACC can reduce the need for you tofrequently brake and accelerate,especially when used onexpressways, freeways, andinterstate highways. When used onother roads, you may need to takeover the control of braking oracceleration more often.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Also see “Alerting the Driver” laterin this section. Complete attentionis always required while drivingand you should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 180.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the camera sensoris blocked by snow, ice,or dirt. The system may notdetect a vehicle ahead.Keep the windshield andheadlamps clean.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. When visibility is poor dueto rain, snow, fog, dirt,insect residue, or dust;when other foreign objectsobscure the camera’s view;or when the vehicle in frontor oncoming traffic causesadditional environmentalobstructions, such as roadspray. ACC performance islimited under theseconditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip

. With extremely heavy cargoloaded in the cargo area orrear seat

. When towing a trailer

J : Press to turn the system on oroff. The indicator turns white on theinstrument cluster when ACC isturned on.

RES+ : Press briefly to resume theprevious set speed or to increasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To increase speed byabout 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+briefly. To increase speed to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, hold RES+.

SET– : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate ACC or todecrease vehicle speed if ACC isalready activated. To decrease



speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph),press SET– briefly. To decreasespeed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)mark on the speedometer,hold SET–.

* : Press to disengage ACCwithout erasing the selected setspeed.

[ : Press to select a following gapsetting for ACC of Far, Medium,or Near.


Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control

To switch between ACC and regularcruise control, press and hold*.A Driver Information Display (DIC)message displays. See VehicleMessages 0 150.

ACC Indicator Regular CruiseControl Indicator

When ACC is engaged, a greenoindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster and the following gap will bedisplayed. When the regular cruisecontrol is engaged, a greenJindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster; the following gap will notdisplay.

When the vehicle is turned on, thecruise control mode will be set tothe last mode used before thevehicle was turned off.

{ Warning

Always check the cruise controlindicator on the instrument clusterto determine which mode cruise

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

control is in before using thefeature. If ACC is not active, thevehicle will not automaticallybrake for other vehicles, whichcould cause a crash if the brakesare not applied manually. You andothers could be seriously injuredor killed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, SET–/RES+ could be pressed by mistakeand engage ACC when not desired.KeepJ off when cruise is notbeing used.

Select the set speed desired forACC. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inyour path.

While the vehicle is moving, ACCwill not set at a speed less than 25km/h (15 mph), although it can beresumed when driving at lowerspeeds.



To set ACC while moving:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET–.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster. When ACC isturned on, the indicator will be litwhite.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied,ACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, pressRES+ briefly while moving morethan 5 km/h (3 mph). The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

A green ACC indicator and the setspeed display on the instrumentcluster. The vehicle ahead indicatormay be flashing if a vehicle aheadwas present and moved. See“Approaching and Following aVehicle” later in this section.

Once ACC has resumed, if there isno vehicle ahead, if the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, or if the vehicle hasexited a sharp curve, then thevehicle speed will increase to theset speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC Is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET–.Release SET– and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden. TheACC indicator will turn blue onthe instrument cluster.

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired set speed is displayed,then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmaller increments, press RES+briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, hold RES+.While holding RES+, the vehiclespeed increases to the next



5 km/h (5 mph) step, thencontinues to increase by 5 km/h(5 mph) at a time.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead or the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.

Reducing Speed While ACC Is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. Releasethe brake and press SET–. Thevehicle will now cruise at thelower speed.

. Press and hold SET– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, hold SET−.While holding SET−, the vehiclespeed decreases to the next5 km/h (5 mph) step, thencontinues to decrease by 5 km/h(5 mph) at a time.

Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gapsetting displays briefly on theinstrument cluster. The gap settingwill be maintained until it ischanged.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. The

faster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 240.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.



When this condition occurs, six redlights will flash on the windshield.Either eight beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

See Defensive Driving 0 180.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster. It only displayswhen a vehicle is detected in yourvehicle’s path moving in the samedirection. If this symbol is notdisplaying, ACC will not respond toor brake for vehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow a detected vehicle ahead atthe selected following gap. The

vehicle speed increases ordecreases to follow a detectedvehicle in front of your vehicle whenthat vehicle is traveling slower thanyour vehicle set speed. It may applylimited braking, if necessary. Whenbraking is active, the brake lampswill come on. The automatic brakingmay feel or sound different than ifthe brakes were applied manually.This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use caution

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

when using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

Irregular Objects Affecting ACC

ACC may have difficulty detectingthe following objects:

. Vehicles in front of your vehiclethat have a rear aspect that islow, small, or irregular

. An empty truck or trailer that hasno cargo in the cargo bed

. Vehicles with cargo extendingfrom the back end

. Non-standard shaped vehicles,such as vehicle transport,vehicles with a side car fitted,or horse carriages

. Vehicles that are low to the roadsurface

. Objects that are close to thefront of your vehicle


230 Driving and Operating. Vehicles on which extremely

heavy cargo is loaded in thecargo area or rear seat

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle if:

. The front camera is blocked orvisibility is reduced.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC systemhas activated or been disabled.

. There is a fault in the system.

. A DIC message displays toindicate that ACC is temporarilyunavailable.

The ACC indicator will turn whitewhen ACC is no longer active.

In some cases, when ACC istemporarily unavailable, regularcruise control may be used. See“Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control” in thissection. Always consider drivingconditions before using either cruisecontrol system.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle aheadindicator will flash as a reminder tocheck traffic ahead beforeproceeding. In addition, the left andright sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse three times, or threebeeps will sound. See ”Alert Type”

and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press RES+ or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver seat belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPBstatus light will turn on. See ElectricParking Brake 0 215.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 150.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

holding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, the ACC indicatorturns blue on the instrument clusterindicating ACC braking will notoccur. ACC will resume operationwhen the accelerator pedal is notbeing pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.



When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens, the vehicle aheadindicator will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes or stationary objects whenentering or exiting a curve. This isnormal operation. The vehicle doesnot need service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrakes may need to be manuallyapplied.

Objects Not Directly in Front ofYour Vehicle

The detection of objects in front ofthe vehicle may not be possible if:

. The vehicle or object ahead isnot within your lane.

. The vehicle ahead is shifted, notcentered, or is shifted to oneside of the lane.

Driving in Narrow Lanes

Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes orroadside objects may be incorrectlydetected when located along theroadway.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills.If the brakes are applied, ACCdisengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.



. Press*.

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The ACC set speed is erased frommemory ifJ is pressed or if theignition is turned off.

Weather Conditions Affecting ACC

If the interior temperature isextremely high, the instrumentcluster may indicate that ACC istemporarily unavailable. This can becaused by extreme hot weatherconditions with direct sunlight on thefront camera. ACC will return tonormal operation once the cabintemperature is lower.

Conditions that are associated withlow visibility, such as fog, rain,snow, or road spray, may limit ACCperformance. Water droplets fromrain or snow that remain on thewindshield may also limit ACC’sability to detect objects.

Lighting Conditions Affecting ACC

The ACC front camera can beaffected by poor lighting conditions,and ACC may have limitedperformance when:

. There are changes in brightness,such as entering and exitingtunnels, bridges, andoverpasses.

. Low sun angles cause thecamera to not detect objects,or it is more difficult to detectobjects in the same traffic lane.

. Lighting is poor in the evening orearly morning

. There are multiple changes inbrightness or shadows along thevehicle roadway.

. In a tunnel without theheadlamps on, or in a tunnelwhen there is a vehicle in frontthat does not have itstaillamps on.

. Subjected to strong light fromopposing lane traffic in the frontof the vehicle, such ashigh-beam headlamps fromoncoming traffic.

Accessory Installations andVehicle Modifications

Do not install or place any objectaround the front camera windshieldarea that would obstruct the frontcamera view.

Do not install objects on top of thevehicle that overhang and obstructthe front camera, such as a canoe,kayak, or other items that can betransported on a roof rack system.See Roof Rack System 0 110.

Do not modify the hood, headlamps,or fog lamps, as this may limit thecamera’s ability to detect an object.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on thewindshield behind the rearviewmirror can become blocked bysnow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. Thisarea needs to be cleaned for ACCto operate properly.



The vehicle headlamps may need tobe cleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice.Objects that are not illuminatedcorrectly may be difficult to detect.

If ACC will not operate, regularcruise control may be available. See“Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control” in thissection. Always consider drivingconditions before using either cruisecontrol system.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 357.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 180.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

If equipped with the Safety AlertSeat, the driver seat cushion mayprovide a vibrating pulse alertinstead of beeping. To change this,see “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization0 151.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. Driver

Information Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked.

. Front and rear bumpers and thearea below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirrors

. Side camera lens on the bottomof the outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA),Surround Vision, and Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) may help thedriver park or avoid objects. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.



Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately 12 km/h (8mph). The RVC is above the licenseplate.

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that RPA has detected anobject. This triangle changes fromamber to red and increases in sizethe closer the object.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Vision showsan image of the area surroundingthe vehicle, along with the front orrear camera views on the

infotainment display. The frontcamera is in the grille or near thefront emblem, the side cameras areon the bottom of the outside mirrors,and the rear camera is above thelicense plate.

The Surround Vision system can beaccessed by selecting CAMERA inthe infotainment display or when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).To return to the previous screensooner, press any button on theinfotainment system, shift intoP (Park), or reach a vehicle speedof approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).

{ Warning

The Surround Vision camerashave blind spots and will notdisplay all objects near thecorners of the vehicle. Foldingoutside mirrors that are out ofposition may not display surroundview correctly. Always checkaround the vehicle when parkingor backing.



1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Camera Views

Touch the camera view buttonsalong the bottom of the infotainmentdisplay.

Front/Rear Standard View :Displays an image of the area infront or behind the vehicle. TouchFront/Rear Standard View on theinfotainment display when a cameraview is active. Touching the buttonmultiple times will toggle betweenfront and rear camera views.

If equipped, the front view cameraalso displays when the Park Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in).



Front/Rear Junction View :Displays a front or rear cross trafficview that shows objects directly tothe left and right of the front or backof the vehicle. Touch Junction Viewon the infotainment display when acamera view is active. Touching thebutton multiple times will togglebetween front and rear cameraviews.

Front/Rear Overhead View :Displays a Front or Rear OverheadView of the vehicle. Touching thebutton will toggle between the twoviews.

Front/Rear Bowl View : Displays aview of the vehicle from either thefront or the back of the vehicle.Touch Bowl View on theinfotainment display when a cameraview is active. Touching the buttonmultiple times will toggle betweenforward and rearward views. ParkAssist and RCTA are not availablewhen Bowl view is active.

Side Forward/Rearward View :Displays a view that shows objectsnext to the front or rear sides of thevehicle. Touch Side Forward/

Rearward View on the infotainmentdisplay when a camera view isactive. Touching the button multipletimes will toggle between forwardand rearward views. Park Assistand RCTA are not available whenSide Forward/Rearward view isactive.

Hitch View : Assists whileconnecting to a trailer. Displays azoomed-in view of the hitch to helpalign the vehicle’s hitch ball with thetrailer coupler.

Guidance Lines : Displaysavailable guidelines. A grayed-outbutton indicates that guidelines arenot available. When enabled, theguidelines will display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).

Top Down View : Displays animage of the area surrounding thevehicle, along with the rear cameraview in the infotainment display. Therear camera view will be replacedby the front camera view aftershifting from R (Reverse) to aforward gear or when the vehicle ismoving forward slower than 8 km/h(5 mph). This view can also be

accessed by touching the Top DownView button when the CAMERAview is active.

Park Assist

With RPA, as the vehicle backs upat speeds of less than 8 km/h(5 mph), the sensors on the rearbumper may detect objects up to2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle withina zone 25 cm (10 in) high off theground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather.

Blocked sensors will not detectobjects and can also cause falsedetections. Keep the sensors cleanof mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush;and clean sensors after a car washin freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are too

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

close or too far from the vehicle.It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with Park Assist,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrorsbefore backing.

The instrument cluster may have aPark Assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA. As theobject gets closer, more bars lightup and the bars change color fromyellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear. When an object isvery close, <0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, five beeps will soundfrom the rear.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA shows a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the infotainmentdisplay to warn of traffic comingfrom the left or right. This systemdetects objects coming from up to20 m (65 ft) from the left or right sideof the vehicle. When an object isdetected, three beeps sound fromthe left or right, depending on thedirection of the detected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend outfrom the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

Turning the Features On or Off

RPA can be turned on and offthrough vehicle personalization. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.

To turn the Rear Park Assistsymbols or guidance lines on or off,see “Rear Camera” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151. On somemodels, select the guidance linesbutton on the infotainment display toturn them on or off.

RCTA can also be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. see“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), Forward Automatic Braking(FAB), and/or the Front Pedestrian



Braking (FPB) System can help toavoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.FCA also lights an amber visualalert if following another vehiclemuch too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 8 km/h (5 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 180.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or ifequipped, through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.

When this Collision Alert occurs, thebrake system may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. The

chosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timings may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Following Distance Indicator

The following distance to a movingvehicle ahead in your path isindicated in following time inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level and Midlevel) 0 141 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 146. The minimumfollowing time is 0.5 seconds away.If there is no vehicle detectedahead, or the vehicle ahead is out ofsensor range, dashes will bedisplayed.



Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the same

direction that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This forward automaticbraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 240.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brake

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

outside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.



FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert or Offwhen towing a trailer.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system.

The FAB system does not needservice.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the Front PedestrianBraking (FPB) system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearby



pedestrians when driving in aforward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected directlyahead. When approaching adetected pedestrian too quickly,FPB provides a red flashing alert onthe windshield and rapidly beeps.FPB can provide a boost to brakingor automatically brake the vehicle.This system includes IntelligentBrake Assist (IBA), and the ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) systemmay also respond to pedestrians.See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 242.

The FPB system can detect andalert to pedestrians in a forwardgear at speeds between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).During daytime driving, the systemdetects pedestrians up to a distanceof approximately 40 m (131 ft).During nighttime driving, systemperformance is very limited.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian.FPB may not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain,or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleanedor in proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 180.Keep the windshield, headlamps,and FPB sensor clean and ingood repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alertand Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Detecting the PedestrianAhead

FPB alerts and automatic brakingwill not occur unless the FPBsystem detects a pedestrian. Whena nearby pedestrian is detecteddirectly in front of the vehicle, thepedestrian ahead indicator willdisplay amber.



Front Pedestrian Alert

When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, thered FPB alert display will flash onthe windshield. Eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Pedestrian Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crashinto a pedestrian directly ahead, andthe brakes have not been applied,FPB may automatically brakemoderately or brake hard. This can

help to avoid some very low speedpedestrian crashes or reducepedestrian injury. FPB canautomatically brake to detectedpedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automaticbraking levels may be reducedunder certain conditions, such ashigher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB. A firm pressof the accelerator pedal will alsorelease Automatic Braking andthe EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falselyalert or brake for objects similar inshape or size to pedestrians,including shadows. This is normaloperation and the vehicle does

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not need service. To overrideAutomatic Braking, firmly pressthe accelerator pedal, if it is safeto do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

{ Warning

Using the Front PedestrianBraking system while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert or Offwhen towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.



Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas from

behind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.



How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zone

or rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use caution

while changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interferewith the detection of vehicles. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 357.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaning



both sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or are rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 396.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marking without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is partof the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they arenot in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKA

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amberas the lane marking is crossed.Additionally, there may be threebeeps, or the driver seat may pulsethree times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert, chime, or DICmessage may be provided. Steerthe vehicle to dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.The LKA system does not needservice.



LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Fuel

Top Tier Fuel (Gasoline)GM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Top Tier Fuel (Diesel)GM recommends the use of TOPTIER Diesel Fuel to keep the engineclean, reduce engine deposits, andmaintain optimal vehicleperformance. Look for the TOPTIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Diesel Fuel marketers andapplicable countries.



Recommended Fuel (LYX- 1.5L L4 Turbo Engine)Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with aposted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

Recommended Fuel (LTG- 2.0L L4 Turbo Engine)Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 93 ishighly recommended for bestperformance and fuel economy.Unleaded gasoline with an octanerated as low as 87 can be used.

Using unleaded gasoline ratedbelow 93 octane, however, will leadto reduced acceleration and fueleconomy. If knocking occurs, use agasoline rated at 93 octane as soonas possible, otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a 93 octane rating, theengine needs service.

Prohibited Fuels(Gasoline)

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.



Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels (Gasoline) 0 251.

Fuel Additives (Gasoline)TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco FuelSystem Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15,000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Fuel Additives (Diesel)TOP TIER Detergent Diesel ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your area does not

have TOP TIER Detergent Diesel,GM recommends the use ofACDelco Diesel Fuel Conditioner.This will help you maintain optimalengine performance. GM does notrecommend other aftermarket dieseladditives.

In the event you refuel usinglow-quality diesel, GM recommendsadding ACDelco Fuel SystemTreatment Plus-Diesel can helpclean engine deposits and isavailable only at your GMdealership.

Fuel for Diesel EnginesThe selection of a high-quality fuelis important for maintaining optimumvehicle performance. Diesel fuelshould meet or exceed the minimumrequirements in the most currentversions of the local fuel standards

Do not use fuel with more than 15ppm sulfur.

Do not use a diesel blend containingmore than 20% biodiesel by volume.

Caution

Use of fuel that does not complywith the required technicalstandards can lead to enginepower loss, increased wear,or engine damage and may voidyour warranty.

Some improper fuels are:

. Diesel fuel with the additionof gasoline.

. Diesel fuel mixed withengine oil or automatictransmission fluid.

. Triglyceride fuels, such asraw vegetable oil or animalfat, in any form, includingwith blends of diesel orbiodiesel.

. Marine diesel fuel andfuel oils.

. Diesel-water emulsions,such as Aquazole.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

. Aftermarket diesel fueladditives, which containalcohols, organo-metallicadditives, or wateremulsifiers.

Caution

If the vehicle is accidentallyrefueled with gasoline, do notcontinue driving the vehicle.Driving the vehicle will damagethe fuel system. Have the vehicletowed to a qualified technician tohave the gasoline removed fromthe tank and fuel system. Refuelwith Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel.It is also recommended to havethe fuel system flushed with UltraLow Sulfur Diesel, to ensure allgasoline is removed.

Some conditions, such as dirty fuel,may decrease fuel filter life and aCHANGE FUEL FILTER messagemay come on in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

Climate Grade Diesel Fuels

At temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),avoid using biodiesel blends above5% by volume. Using such a fuelmay cause fuel filter plugging,system gelling, and freezing, whichmay adversely impact vehiclestarting.

Severe winter grade diesel fuel,such as 1-D diesel fuel or Arcticgrade diesel fuel, can be used inextreme cold temperatures (below−18 °C or 0 °F); however, doing sowill reduce power and fuel economy.Avoid using severe winter grade fuelin warm or hot climates. It can resultin stalling, poor starting, anddamage to the fuel injection system.

Fuels improperly blended for coldtemperature operation may result inrestricted fuel filters. The vehicle isequipped with a fuel heating systemto prevent gelling or waxing of

conventional diesel fuel andbiodiesel blends, but may notprevent all cases.

In case of severe winter conditions,the fuel filter may become cloggedby wax naturally present in the fuel.To unclog it, move the vehicle to awarm garage area and allow thefilter to warm up. The fuel filter mayneed to be replaced. See Fuel FilterReplacement (Diesel) 0 258.

BiodieselBiodiesel is a renewable fuelproduced from vegetable oils oranimal fats that have beenchemically modified to make itcompatible with diesel fuel.

Caution

Do not use home-made biodieselor home test kits because thequality cannot be verified byapproved scientific methods. Donot use raw vegetable oil or otherunmodified bio-oils, fats,

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

or blends of vegetable oil withdiesel. They could damage thefuel system and engine, anddamages would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Biodiesel Blends

Fuels with a biodiesel content up to20% by volume may be used (e.g.,named B20). Only use biodieselblends up to 20% by volume thatcomply with your country’s orregion’s fuel standards.

Caution

Do not use blends containingmore than 20% biodiesel. Anyengine, fuel system, or exhaustafter-treatment system damagewould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

As a renewable fuel, biodieselprovides some environmentalbenefits. However, biodiesel hasunique properties and needs to behandled differently than diesel fuel.Its use presents additional risks andmay not be appropriate in allsituations. Certain vehicle operatingmodes increase these risks andshould be avoided.

Biodiesel fuel quality degrades withtime and exposure to hightemperature quicker than Ultra LowSulfur Diesel fuel. More frequentrefueling provides the bestopportunity to have a supply of freshfuel. Storage at hot ambienttemperatures will acceleratebiodiesel degradation.

If the vehicle is not driven often anduses little fuel, or if it is stored forextended periods of time, avoid theuse of biodiesel blended fuelsabove 5% by volume. When thevehicle is stored for longer than onemonth, it should be run out ofbiodiesel to below one-quarter tank,

refueled with biodiesel-free fuel, anddriven several kilometers (miles)before storage.

Cold Weather Operation(Diesel)In cold weather, the fuel filter maybecome clogged by wax naturallypresent in the fuel. To unclog it,move the vehicle to a warm garagearea and allow the filter to warm up.The fuel filter may need to bereplaced. See Fuel FilterReplacement (Diesel) 0 258.

At temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),it is recommended to avoid usingbiodiesel blends above 5% blend.This blend may cause fuel filterplugging, system gelling, andfreezing that may affect vehiclestarting. You may need to turn theignition on and off a few timesbefore the vehicle will start. Also,idle the vehicle for a couple ofminutes before accelerating.

It is recommended to use Ultra LowSulfur No. 1-D diesel fuel or a blendof No. 1-D and No. 2-D diesel fuel to



enhance vehicle operation in coldweather at temperatures below 0 °C(32 °F). Use of No. 1-D diesel fuelmay lower the fuel economy. Foradditional information for better coldweather operation, see EngineHeater 0 199.

Water in Fuel (Diesel)Improper fuel tank inspection orcleaning, or contaminated fuel fromsuppliers, can cause water to bepumped into the fuel tank along withthe diesel fuel. If a WATER IN FUEL- CONTACT SERVICE messagedisplays, the water must be drainedimmediately.

{ Warning

Diesel fuel containing water is stillcombustible. You or others couldbe burned. If the fuel needs to bedrained, keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials away from themixture.

Caution

Water in the diesel fuel cancorrode internal components ofthe fuel system and lead tosevere damage. It can alsosupport fungus or bacteriagrowth, which can damage thefuel system and Fuel OperatedHeater (FOH) (if equipped). Evenwith a diesel fuel biocide, the fuelsystem may still need to becleaned. Your dealer can adviseof the appropriate solution.

If the fuel tank needs to bepurged to remove water, see yourdealer or a qualified technician.Improper purging can damage thefuel system and block the FOH.

As an added precaution, drain thediesel fuel filter of residual water atevery engine oil change. If theWATER IN FUEL - CONTACTSERVICE message comes onfrequently, even after draining waterfrom the fuel filter, see your dealer.

Water in Fuel Troubleshooting

If the WATER IN FUEL - CONTACTSERVICE message comes on:

ProblemRecommended

Action

Messagedisplays butgoes off duringthe ignitioncycle.

The fuel filter ispartially filledwith water. Drainthe water assoon aspossible. See"RemovingWater from theFuel Filter"following.



ProblemRecommended

Action

Messagedisplays andstays on.

Drain the fuelfilterimmediately.If no water canbe drained, andthe temperatureis belowfreezing, thenwater may befrozen in thefilter. Move thevehicle to awarm location tothaw the water,then drain thefuel. If water stilldoes not drain,see your dealer.

ProblemRecommended

Action

Immediatelyafter refueling,messagedisplays andstays on.

A large amountof water is in thefuel tank. Drainthe fuel filterimmediately.If the messagestays on orcomes back onwithoutrefueling, thenfuel tank purgingis required. Seeyour dealer.If the messagedisplays and theengine stalls orruns rough, donot drive untilthe watercontaminatedfuel is drained.

Caution

Driving with this message on candamage the fuel injection systemand the engine. If the messagecomes on right after a refuel,water was pumped into the fueltank. Turn off the engine anddrain the water immediately.

Removing Water from the FuelFilter

To drain water:

1. Turn the engine off and applythe parking brake.

2. Place a container under thefilter drain valve, which is onthe bottom of the fuel filter.



FWD Shown, AWD Similar

3. Turn the drain plugcounterclockwise using asuitable tool.

4. With the engine off, press andhold ENGINE START/STOPwithout applying the brake forfive seconds to place thevehicle in Service Mode. SeeIgnition Positions 0 194. Waitapproximately five seconds,and then press ENGINESTART/STOP again to turn itoff. This operation will enhancewater flow out of the filter. The

filter is drained as soon asdiesel fuel emerges fromthe port.

5. Retighten the drain plug byturning it clockwise.

6. Properly dispose of the watercontaminated fuel.

7. Start the engine and let it runfor a few minutes. During thedraining process, air may haveentered the fuel system. If theengine stalls, the fuel systemmay need to be primed. See“Fuel Priming” following.

Fuel Priming

For the fuel system to work properly,air cannot be in the fuel lines. If airgets in, the engine may not startand the fuel lines will need to beprimed before operating the vehicle.

If air is present, the following mayhave happened:

. The vehicle ran out of fuel.

. The fuel filter was removed.

. The fuel lines were removed ordisconnected.

. The fuel filter water drain valvewas opened while the enginewas running.

To prime the fuel lines:

1. With the engine off, press andhold ENGINE START/STOPwithout applying the brake forfive seconds to place thevehicle in Service Mode. SeeIgnition Positions 0 194. Waitapproximately five secondsand press ENGINE START/STOP again to turn it off. Dothis step three times or morewhile the engine is off.

2. Press and hold ENGINESTART/STOP while applyingthe brake for a maximum of40 seconds at a time, withfive seconds between attempts,until the engine starts. If theengine tries to run, but doesnot run smoothly, increase therpm’s slightly by using theaccelerator pedal. This will helpforce air through the system.

3. Repeat Step 2 if the enginestalls and will not restart.



4. After a few attempts, if theengine still does not start, seeyour dealer.

Running Out of Fuel(Diesel)

{ Warning

Diesel fuel is flammable. It couldstart a fire if something ignites it,and people could be burned. Donot let it get on hot engine parts,and keep matches or otherignition sources away.

If the engine has stalled due torunning out of fuel, add at least7.6 L (2 gal) of fuel if parked on alevel surface, or up to 18.9 L (5 gal)of fuel if parked on a slope, andperform the procedure under “FuelPriming” previously in this section.

Fuel Filter Replacement(Diesel)

{ Warning

Diesel fuel is flammable. It couldstart a fire if something ignites it,and people could be burned. Donot let it get on hot engine parts,and keep matches or otherignition sources away.

The fuel filter is on the passengerside, in front of the rear tire.

1. Drain any water from the filter.See “Removing Water from theFuel Filter” in Water in Fuel(Diesel) 0 255.

Keep the engine off until theprocedure is completed.

2. Apply the parking brake.

FWD Shown, AWD Similar

3. Remove the filter element capby turning it counterclockwise.

4. Remove the filter element ando-rings. If there is any dirt onthe filter sealing surface, cleanit off.

5. Install the new filter elementand o-rings.

6. Reinstall and tighten the filtercap to the housing.

7. Use the fuel filter primingprocedure to prime the fuelfilter. See “Fuel Priming” inWater in Fuel (Diesel) 0 255.



8. Start the engine and let it idlefor five minutes. Check the fuelfilter and air bleed valve forleaks.

9. Reset the fuel filter monitor.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level andMidlevel) 0 141 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 146.

Filling the Tank(Gasoline)

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The vehicle has a capless fuelsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.



{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 357.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from under thespare tire.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling the Tank (Diesel)

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.

The fuel cap is behind a hinged fueldoor on the driver side of thevehicle. To open the fuel door, pushand release the rearward centeredge of the door.

Turn the fuel cap counterclockwiseto remove. Reinstall the cap byturning it clockwise until it clicks.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Fuel spills

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Potential fuel fires

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 357.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong type

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

of fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 132.

Diesel fuel can foam when filling thetank. This can cause the automaticpump nozzle to shut off, even if thetank is not full. If this happens, waitfor the foaming to stop, and then fillthe tank more slowly.

{ Warning

Heat coming from the engine cancause the fuel to expand andforce the fuel out of the tank.If something ignites the fuel, a firecould start. To help avoid this, fillthe tank slowly and only until thenozzle shuts off. Do not top it off.Clean up any spilled fuel.

Accidental Refueling withGasoline

If the vehicle is accidentally refueledwith gasoline, do not continuedriving the vehicle except to get to alocation where it can be stoppedsafely. Driving the vehicle willdamage the fuel system. Have thevehicle towed to a qualifiedtechnician to have the gasolineremoved from the tank and fuelsystem. Flush the fuel system withUltra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel toensure all gasoline is removed.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)

DEF is a non-toxic solution that issprayed into the exhaust stream ofdiesel vehicles to cause a chemicalreaction and break down NOxemissions into harmless nitrogenand water.

DEF is not a fuel additive and nevercomes into contact with diesel fuel.It is stored in a separate tank. Thefill port is behind the fuel door nextto the regular fuel cap. It has a bluefiller cap. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid0 205.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer (Gasoline)

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burnedand the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury to youand others:

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer (Diesel)

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using electronicdevices.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle to tow a trailer. Read theentire section before towing a trailer.

To tow a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 353. To towthe vehicle behind another vehiclesuch as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 354.

When towing with the 2.0L L4engine, only use unleaded gasolinewith an octane rating of 89 orhigher. Using gasoline with a loweroctane rating while towing maydamage the engine and may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

{ Warning

You can lose control when towinga trailer if the correct equipment isnot used or the vehicle is notdriven properly. For example,if the trailer is too heavy or thetrailer brakes are inadequate forthe load, the vehicle may not stopas expected. You and otherscould be seriously injured. Thevehicle may also be damaged,and the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Pull a trailer only if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailerwith the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer

Trailering is different than justdriving the vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in

handling, acceleration, braking,durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering takescorrect equipment, and it has to beused properly.

The following information has manytime-tested, important trailering tipsand safety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with and followall state and local laws thatapply to trailer towing. Theserequirements vary from state tostate.

. State laws may require the useof extended side view mirrors.Even if not required, you shouldinstall extended side viewmirrors if your visibility is limitedor restricted while towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500 mi) of vehicleuse to prevent damage to theengine, axle, or other parts.


Driving and Operating 265. During the first 800 km (500 mi)

of trailer towing, do not driveover 80 km/h (50 mph) and donot make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).If the transmission downshiftstoo often, a lower gear may beselected using Manual ModeSee Manual Mode 0 212.

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should beturned off when towing a trailer:

. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

. Super Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

. Park Assist

. Automatic Parking Assist (APA)

. Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB)

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should beturned to alert or off when towing atrailer:

. Forward Automatic BrakingSystem (FAB)

. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)

If equipped with Lane Change Alert(LCA), the LCA detection zones thatextend back from the side of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer.

If equipped with Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA), use caution whilebacking up when towing a trailer, asthe RCTA detection zones thatextend out from the back of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed.

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or deathfrom carbon monoxide (CO),when towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with theliftgate, trunk/hatch,or rear-most window open.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air.See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 203.

Towing a trailer requires experience.The combination of the vehicle andtrailer is longer and not asresponsive as the vehicle itself. Getused to the handling and braking ofthe combination by driving on alevel road surface before driving onpublic roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, andthe brakes must be all be rated tocarry the intended cargo.Inadequate trailer equipment cancause the combination to operate in



an unexpected or unsafe manner.Before driving, inspect all trailerhitch parts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tires, and mirrors. See TowingEquipment 0 271. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and thenmanually apply the trailer brakecontroller to check that the trailerbrakes work. During the trip,occasionally check that the cargoand trailer are secure and that thelamps and any trailer brakes areworking.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the stability controlsystem might be heard. The systemreacts to vehicle movement causedby the trailer, which mainly occursduring cornering. This is normalwhen towing heavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving without a trailer. This canhelp to avoid heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Thecombination of the vehicle andtrailer will not accelerate as quicklyand is much longer than the vehiclealone. It is necessary to go muchfarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore returning to the lane. Passon level roadways. Avoid passingon hills if possible.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move that hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Turn more slowly and make widerarcs when towing a trailer toprevent damage to your vehicle.Making very sharp turns couldcause the trailer to contact thevehicle.

Make wider turns than normal whentowing, so trailer will not go over softshoulders, over curbs, or strike roadsigns, trees, or other objects.Always signal turns well in advance.Do not steer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downhill grade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes may overheat and result inreduced braking efficiency.



The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Shift the transmission to a lowergear if the transmission shifts toooften under heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

When towing at higher altitudes,engine coolant will boil at a lowertemperature than at lower altitudes.If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, thevehicle could show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run, preferably onlevel ground, with the transmissionin P (Park) for a few minutes beforeturning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 295.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or death,always park your vehicle andtrailer on a level surface whenpossible.

When parking your vehicle and yourtrailer on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, gradually release thebrake pedal to allow the chocksto absorb the load of the trailer.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

. Start the engine.

. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when used to tow trailers. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 369. It isespecially important to check theautomatic transmission fluid, engineoil, axle lubricant, belts, coolingsystem, and brake system beforeand during each trip.

Check periodically that all nuts andbolts on the trailer hitch are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating0 295.



Trailer Towing

Caution

Towing a trailer improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. To tow a trailercorrectly, follow the directions inthis section and see your dealerfor important information abouttowing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailer Weight

{ Warning

Never exceed the towing capacityfor your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoringthe weight, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature,dimensions of the front of the trailer,and how frequently the vehicle isused to tow a trailer.

Trailer Weight Ratings

When towing a trailer, the combinedweight of the vehicle, vehiclecontents, trailer, and trailer contentsmust be below all of the maximumweight ratings for the vehicle,including:

. GCWR: Gross Combined WeightRating

. GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating

. Maximum Trailer Weight Rating

. Maximum Trailer Tongue WeightRating

See “Trailer Brakes” under TowingEquipment 0 271 to determine ifbrakes are required based on yourtrailer's weight.

The only way to be sure the weightis not exceeding any of theseratings is to weigh the tow vehicleand trailer combination, fully loadedfor the trip, getting individualweights for each of these items.

{ Warning

You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed if the trailer is tooheavy or the trailer brakes areinadequate for the load. Thevehicle may be damaged, and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Only tow a trailer if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailer.

Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR)

GCWR is the total allowable weightof the completely loaded vehicleand trailer including any fuel,passengers, cargo, equipment, andaccessories. Do not exceed theGCWR for your vehicle. The GCWRfor the vehicle is on the Tow RatingChart following.



Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR)

For information about the vehicle'smaximum load capacity, see VehicleLoad Limits 0 190. When calculatingthe GVWR with a trailer attached,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the weight thevehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer Weight

The maximum trailer weight rating iscalculated assuming the tow vehiclehas a driver, a front seat passenger,and all required traileringequipment. This value representsthe heaviest trailer the vehicle cantow, but it may be necessary toreduce the trailer weight to staywithin the GCW, GVWR, maximumtrailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR forthe vehicle.

Use the tow rating chart todetermine how much the trailer canweigh, based on the vehicle modeland options.

Vehicle

Maximum TrailerWeight with Trailer

Brakes†

GCWR*

1.5L Gas FWD 680 kg (1,500 lb) 2 380 kg (5,247 lb)

1.5L Gas AWD 680 kg (1,500 lb) 2 480 kg (5,467 lb)

1.6L Diesel, 2.0L Gas 680 kg (1,500 lb) 2 580 kg (5,687 lb)

2.0L Gas with V92Trailering Provisions

1 590 kg (3,505 lb) 3 490 kg (7,694 lb)

† For trailers without trailer brakes the maximum trailer weight is 454 kg(1,000 lb). See Towing Equipment 0 271.* The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowableweight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including anypassengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. Do not exceed theGCWR for the vehicle.

Maximum Trailer TongueWeight

The Maximum Trailer TongueWeight Rating is the allowabletrailer tongue weight that the vehiclecan support using a conventionaltrailer hitch. It may be necessary toreduce the overall trailer weight tostay within the maximum trailer

tongue weight rating while stillmaintaining the correct trailer loadbalance.



Do not exceed a maximum trailertongue weight of 159 kg (350 lb).

The trailer tongue weight contributesto the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW).GVW includes the CURB WEIGHTof your vehicle, any passengers,cargo, equipment and the trailertongue weight. Vehicle options,passengers, cargo, and equipmentreduce the maximum allowabletongue weight the vehicle can carry,which also reduces the maximumallowable trailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance

The correct trailer load balancemust be maintained to ensure trailerstability. Incorrect load balance is aleading cause of trailer sway.

The trailer tongue weight (1) shouldbe 10–15% of the loaded trailerweight (2). Some specific trailertypes, such as boat trailers, falloutside of this range. Always referto the trailer owner’s manual for therecommended trailer tongue weightfor each trailer. Never exceed themaximum loads for your vehicle,hitch and trailer.

After loading the trailer, separatelyweigh the trailer and then the trailertongue and calculate the trailer loadbalance percentage to see if theweights and distribution areappropriate for your vehicle. If thetrailer weight is too high, it may bepossible to trasfer some of thecargo into your vehicle. If the trailertongue weight is too high or too low,it may be possible to rearrangesome of the cargo inside of thetrailer.

Do not exceed the maximumallowable tongue weight for yourvehicle. Use the shortest hitchextension available to position thehitch ball closer to your vehicle. Thiswill help reduce the effect of thetrailer tongue weight on the trailerhitch and the rear axle.

If a cargo carrier is used in thetrailer hitch receiver, choose acarrier that positions the load asclose to the vehicle as possible.Make sure the total weight,including the carrier, is no more than



half of the maximum allowabletongue weight for the vehicle or227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or assistance.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Always use the correct hitchequipment for your vehicle.Crosswinds, large trucks going by,and rough roads can affect thetrailer and the hitch.

Proper hitch equipment for yourvehicle helps maintain control of thevehicle-trailer combination. Manytrailers can be towed using aweight-carrying hitch which has acoupler latched to the hitch ball, or atow eye latched to a pintle hook.Other trailers may require aweight-distributing hitch that usesspring bars to distribute the trailertongue weight between your vehicleand trailer axles. See “MaximumTrailer Tongue Weight” under TrailerTowing 0 268 for weight limits withvarious hitch types.

Never attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches. Only useframe-mounted hitches that do notattach to the bumper.

Hitch Cover

To remove the hitch cover:

1. Remove two fasteners (2).

2. Pull the bottom edge of thecover rearward.

3. Disengage the cover at theupper attachments (1) andremove.

Consider using mechanical swaycontrols with any trailer. Ask atrailering professional about swaycontrols or refer to the trailermanufacturer's recommendationsand instructions.

Tires. Do not tow a trailer while using a

compact spare tire on thevehicle.

. Tires must be properly inflated tosupport loads while towing atrailer. See Tires 0 315 forinstructions on proper tireinflation.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer, and attachthe chains to the holes on the trailerhitch platform. Instructions aboutsafety chains may be provided bythe hitch manufacturer or by thetrailer manufacturer.

Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer to help preventthe tongue from contacting the roadif it becomes separated from the



hitch. Always leave just enoughslack so the combination can turn.Never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

Trailer Brakes

Loaded trailers over 450 kg(1,000 lb) must be equipped withbrake systems and with brakes foreach axle. Trailer braking equipmentconforming to Canadian StandardsAssociation (CSA) requirementCAN3-D313, or its equivalent, isrecommended.

State or local regulations mayrequire trailers to have their ownbraking system if the loaded weightof the trailer exceeds certainminimums that can vary from stateto state. Read and follow theinstructions for the trailer brakes sothey are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly. Never attemptto tap into your vehicle's hydraulicbrake system. If you do, both thevehicle anti-lock brakes and thetrailer brakes may not function,which could result in a crash.

Trailer Lamps

Always check all trailer lamps areworking at the beginning of eachtrip, and periodically on longer trips.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

When properly connected, the trailerturn signals should will illuminate toindicate the vehicle is turning,changing lanes, or stopping. Whentowing a trailer, the arrows on theinstrument cluster will illuminateeven if the trailer is not properlyconnected or the bulbs areburned out.

Trailer Tires

Special Trailer (ST) tires differ fromvehicle tires. Trailer tires aredesigned with stiff sidewalls to helpprevent sway and to support heavyloads. These features can make itdifficult to determine if the trailer tirepressures are low only based on avisual inspection.

Always check all trailer tirepressures before each trip when thetires are cool. Low trailer tirepressure is a leading cause of trailertire blow-outs.

Trailer tires deteriorate over time.The trailer tire sidewall will show theweek and year the tire wasmanufactured. Many trailer tiremanufacturers recommendreplacing tires more than sixyears old.

Overloading is another leadingcause of trailer tire blow-outs. Neverload your trailer with more weightthan the tires are designed tosupport. The load rating is locatedon the trailer tire sidewall.

Always know the maximum speedrating for the trailer tires beforedriving. This may be significantlylower than the vehicle tire speedrating. The speed rating may be onthe trailer tire sidewall. If the speedrating is not shown, the defaulttrailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h(65 mph).



Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check Engine

Light) 0 132. A device connectedto the DLC — such as anaftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 87 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 87.


274 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 275California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements . . . . . 276Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Engine Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 288Automatic Transmission

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 289Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 295Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Battery - North America . . . . . . 299All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 300Automatic Transmission Shift

Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 301

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 301Windshield Replacement . . . . . 302Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304High Intensity Discharge (HID)

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Front Turn Signal and Fog

Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 306

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 307Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 308Engine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 317Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Tire Terminology and

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Tire Pressure Monitor

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Different Size Tires and

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 334


Vehicle Care 275

Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 349

Jump StartingJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 353Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 299and Jump Starting - North America0 350 and the back cover.


276 Vehicle Care

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 87.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 395.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 87.


Vehicle Care 277

If equipped with remote vehiclestart, open the hood beforeperforming any service work toprevent remote starting the vehicleaccidentally. See Remote VehicleStart 0 36.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 381.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthis symbol on it. It is on thelower side of the instrumentpanel between the door andthe steering wheel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle tofind the secondary hoodrelease handle. The handle isunder the front edge of thehood near the center. Push thehandle to the right and raisethe hood.

3. Release the hood prop from itsretainer, located above theradiator. Securely place thehood prop into the slot on theunderside of the hood.


278 Vehicle Care

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all the filler caps areproperly installed.

2. Lift the hood to relievepressure on the hood prop.Remove the hood prop fromthe slot on the underside of thehood and return the prop to itsretainer. The prop rod mustclick into place when returningit to the retainer to preventhood damage.

3. Lower the hood so that it is30 cm (12 in) above the vehicleand release it so it fully latches.

4. Check to make sure the hoodis closed. If not, release thehood from inside and repeatSteps 1–3.


Vehicle Care 279

Engine Compartment Overview

1.5L Gas Engine


280 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 289.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 284.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 284.

4. Engine Cooling Fan. SeeCooling System 0 291.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 298.

6. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 308.

7. Remote Positive (+) Terminal(Under Cover). See JumpStarting - North America 0 350.

8. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 291.

9. Battery - North America 0 299.

10. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 350.

11. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 296.


Vehicle Care 281

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine


282 Vehicle Care













Vehicle Care 283

2.0L Gas Engine


284 Vehicle Care












Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 288.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 279 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level. If the oil is not low and thelow oil message remains on, takethe vehicle to your dealer forservice.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep grades


Vehicle Care 285

or too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves whenchecking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

LYX 1.5L L4 Turbo Engine

LTG 2.0L L4 Turbo Engine

LH7 1.6L L4 Diesel Engine

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 383.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 279 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.


286 Vehicle Care

Selecting the Right Engine Oil(Gasoline Engines)

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 378.

Specification

Use full synthetic engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

For the LYX 1.5L L4 turbo engine,use SAE 0W-20 viscosity gradeengine oil.

For the LTG 2.0L L4 turbo engine,use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil. Cold TemperatureOperation: In an area of extremecold, where the temperature fallsbelow −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE0W-30 oil may be used. An oil ofthis viscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil(Diesel Engines)

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade:

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos2 specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos2 specification are markedwith the dexos2 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Use of Substitute Engine Oils ifdexos2 is unavailable: In the eventthat dexos2-approved engine oil isnot available at an oil change or formaintaining proper oil level, youmay use substitute engine oil thatmeets ACEA C3 of the appropriateviscosity grade.


Vehicle Care 287

Caution

Use only engine oil that isapproved to the dexos2specification or equivalent engineoil as defined in the precedingparagraph. Failure to use therecommended engine oil canresult in engine damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-40 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity grade

will provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or rags


288 Vehicle Care

containing used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem may indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:


2. Press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

3. REMAINING OIL LIFE 100%will be displayed when the oillife system is successfullyreset.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Place the ignition in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 194.


Vehicle Care 289


3. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

4. If the display changes to 100%,the system is reset.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 369, and be sure to use thetransmission fluid listed inRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 378.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use the correctautomatic transmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 378.

There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone by your dealer.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 279.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 369.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, and


290 Vehicle Care

replace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1.5L Gas Engine Shown, 1.6LDiesel Engine and 2.0L Gas

Engine Similar

1. Screws2. Air Duct Clamp3. Electrical Connector

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 277.

2. Loosen the screw on the airduct clamp (2) and remove theair duct hose from the cover.

3. Remove the four screws (1)and remove the air cleaner/filter cover, keeping the wiringharness electrical connector (3)connected to the sensor.

4. Pull straight up on the cover,and while holding the cover,remove the air cleaner/filter.

5. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

How to Reinstall the EngineAir Cleaner/Filter

1. Align the air cleaner/filter withthe indicated point on the baseof the air cleaner/filter housingand install the air cleaner/filter.The outer air cleaner/filter sealmust be fitted properly in theair cleaner/filter housing.

2. Align the air cleaner/filterhousing cover tabs to the aircleaner/filter housing.

3. Install the air cleaner/filterhousing cover using the fourscrews.


Vehicle Care 291

4. Slide the air duct onto thecover assembly and tighten thescrew on the air duct clamp.

5. Verify that the wiring harnessconnector is fully connected tothe sensor on the air cleaner/filter housing.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.

Cooling System

1.5L Gas Engine

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

1.6L Diesel Engine




292 Vehicle Care

2.0L Gas Engine



{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked on alevel surface.

The coolant level should be at thetop rib on the middle of the tank. If itis not, the vehicle may have a leakat the radiator hoses, heater hoses,radiator, water pump, or somewhereelse in the cooling system.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

If there seems to be no leak, withthe engine on, check to see if theelectric engine cooling fan isrunning. If the engine is

overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, the vehicleneeds service. Turn off the engine.

Engine Coolant

The engine cooling system in thevehicle is filled with DEX-COOLengine coolant mixture. This coolantneeds to be checked and changedat appropriate levels.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 378 and MaintenanceSchedule 0 369.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 295.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot but

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 293

Warning (Continued)

there would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or pouring into sewers,streams, or bodies of water. Havethe coolant changed by anauthorized service center, familiarwith legal requirements regardingused coolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level mark is notvisible, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank to the top rib on themiddle of the tank, but be sure thecooling system is cool before this isdone. See Engine Overheating0 295.


294 Vehicle Care

The coolant surge tank is located inthe engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 279.

How to Add Coolant to theSurge Tank

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

The coolant surge tank pressurecap can be removed when thecooling system, including the surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is stillsome pressure left.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to the markpointed to on the front of thecoolant surge tank.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fans. By thistime, the coolant level insidethe coolant surge tank may belower. If the level is lower, addmore of the proper mixture tothe coolant surge tank until thelevel reaches the mark pointedto on the front of the coolantsurge tank.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.


Vehicle Care 295

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster and overheatmessages in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) to warn of engineoverheating. See Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge 0 129. The DICalso displays overheat messages.

The decision may be made not to liftthe hood when the engine coolanttemperature gauge is in theoverheat zone or an engineoverheat DIC message displays, butinstead to get service help rightaway. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 390.

If the decision to lift the hood ismade, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface. Thencheck to see if the engine coolingfan is running. If the engine isoverheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine, and have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressure

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is in the overheat zone or anengine overheat DIC message isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day

. Stops after high-speed driving

. Idles for long periods in traffic

. Tows a trailer


296 Vehicle Care

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is in the overheat zone andan overheat DIC message isdisplayed with no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatzone or an overheat DIC messageno longer displays, the vehicle canbe driven. Continue to drive thevehicle slowly for about 10 minutes.Keep a safe distance from thevehicle in front. If the engine coolanttemperature gauge does not goback to the overheat zone or anoverheat DIC message does notdisplay, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is still in the overheat zone oran overheat DIC message stilldisplays, pull over, stop, and parkthe vehicle right away. If overheatmessages appear repeatedly, seeyour dealer.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the engine coolanttemperature gauge is still in theoverheat zone or an overheat DICmessage displays, turn off theengine until it cools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 279 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 297

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or can

be heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,

inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 383.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.


298 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 279 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 134.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 369.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 378.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.


Vehicle Care 299

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 279 for battery location.

For replacement of the battery, seeyour dealer.

The vehicle has an Absorbed GlassMat (AGM) 12-volt battery.Installation of a standard 12-voltbattery will result in reduced 12-voltbattery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts. Follow the chargermanufacturer's instructions.

Stop/Start System

The vehicle has a Stop/Start systemto shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. See Starting theEngine 0 196.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 275 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 350 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.


300 Vehicle Care

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.


Vehicle Care 301

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should bereplaced periodically. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 369.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 379.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Pull the wiper assembly awayfrom the windshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.


302 Vehicle Care

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiper armhave a cover for protection.

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward thewiper blade tip to unhook itfrom the blade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement,ensure that the cover hookslides into the slot in the bladeassembly.

5. Snap the cover down tosecure.

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away fromthe windshield.

2. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Acoustic Windshield

The vehicle is equipped with anacoustic windshield. If thewindshield needs to be replaced, besure to get an acoustic windshieldso you will continue to have thebenefits an acoustic windshield canprovide.


Vehicle Care 303

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 369.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


304 Vehicle Care

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try toservice any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

HeadlampsBi-halogen headlamp shown.


Vehicle Care 305


1. Headlamp

To replace one of the headlampbulbs:

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 277.

2. For the driver side bulb,remove the battery cover.Remove the windshield washerbottle filler neck by firmlypulling it straight up and out ofthe bottle.

For the passenger side,remove the air cleaner cover.

3. Remove the cover from theback of the headlampassembly by turning itcounterclockwise.

4. Disconnect the electricalconnector.

5. Remove the bulb from the lampassembly by turningcounterclockwise.

6. Install a new bulb in the lampassembly.

7. Connect the electricalconnector.

8. Replace the cover from theback of the headlampassembly by turning itclockwise.

9. For the driver side, reinstall thebattery cover. Reinstall thewindshield washer bottle fillerneck by firmly pushing itstraight into the bottle. Makesure that the filler neck clipengages into the bracket onthe upper tie-bar.

For the passenger side,reinstall the air cleaner cover.

Front Turn Signal andFog Lamps


To replace one of these lamps:

1. Remove the fastener to removethe access panel.

2. Access the lamp through thehole in the underbody airdeflector.

3. Disconnect the electricalconnector from the bulbassembly.


306 Vehicle Care

4. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pull thebulb straight out of the socket.

5. Replace the bulb and reverseSteps 1–4 to reinstall.

Taillamps


1. Sidemarker2. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Rear

Turn Signal

To replace one of these lamps:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 42.

2. Remove the two screw coversfrom the taillamp assembly.

3. Remove the two screwssecuring the taillamp assembly.

4. Pull the taillamp assembly outof the vehicle body.

5. Disconnect the lamp wiringharness.

6. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pullit out.

7. Pull the bulb straight out of thesocket.

8. Install the new bulb.

9. Push the bulb socket in andturn it clockwise.

10. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstallthe lamp assembly.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly


Vehicle Care 307

1. Bulb Socket2. Bulb3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate partway. SeeLiftgate 0 42.

2. Push the lamp assemblyoutboard to remove.

3. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove it from the liftgate.

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

6. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

7. Push the lamp assembly intothe liftgate engaging the clipside first.

8. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the electrical load current istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.


308 Vehicle Care

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

There is a fuse puller in the enginecompartment fuse block. It can beused to easily remove fuses fromthe fuse block.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To remove the fuse block cover,squeeze the clips on the cover andlift it straight up. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 279.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


Vehicle Care 309

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F01 Starter 1

F02 Starter 2

F03 Lambda sensor 1

F04 Engine controlmodule

Fuses Usage

F05 FlexFuel sensor

F06 Transmission controlmodule

F07 –


F09 Air conditioningclutch

Fuses Usage

F10 Canister ventsolenoid

F11 Fuel system

F12 Front heated seats

F13 Afterboil pump

F14 –

F15 Lambda sensor 2

F16 Ignition coils


F18 Selective catalyticreduction module(diesel only)

F19 NOx soot sensor(diesel only)

F20 DC DC converter 2

F21 Shift control

F22 Antilock brake pump

F23 Front/Rearwasher pump

F24 –


310 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F25 Diesel fuel heater(diesel only)

F26 –

F27 Antilock brakevalves

F28 LD trailer

F29 Rear windowdefogger

F30 Mirror defroster

F31 –

F32 Variable functions

F33 –

F34 Horn

F35 –

F36 Right high-beamheadlamp

F37 Left high-beamheadlamp

F38 Automatic headlampleveling

F39 Fog lamps

F40 –

Fuses Usage

F41 Transmission rangecontrol module

F42 Motorized headlamp

F43 –

F44 Interior rearviewmirror

F45 Passenger sideventilated seat

F46 Driver sideventilated seat

F47 Steering column lockassembly

F48 Rear wiper

F49 –

F50 Heated steeringwheel

F51 Right daytimerunning lamp

F52 Engine controlmodule/Transmission control

F53 –

Fuses Usage

F54 –

F55 Front wiper speed/Control

F56 –

F57 Left daytimerunning lamp

Relays Usage

K01 Starter solenoid

K02 Air conditioningcontrol

K03 Engine controlmodule

K04 Front wiper control

K05 Starter pinion

K06 Fuelheater (diesel only)

K07 –

K08 –

K09 Front wiper speed

K10 –

K11 –


Vehicle Care 311

Relays Usage

K12 High-beamheadlamps

K13 Headlamps/Daytimerunning lamps

K14 Run/Crank

K15 Rear windowdefogger

*K16 Horn

*K17 Selective catalyticreduction

*K18 Fog lamps

*K19 Coolant pump

*K20 –

*K21 Rear washer pump

*K22 Front washer pump

*K23 Rear wiper control

* PCB relays are not serviceable.

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block isunder the instrument panel on thedriver side.

To access the fuses, press andrelease the latch near the top centersquare.

Apply pressure to the two retainingtabs on the sides of the cover, untilthe two retaining tabs clear thesides of the instrument panel. Allowthe panel to move downward andout of the way.

To reinstall the cover, reverse thesteps.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.


312 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F01 DC AC inverter

F02 Front windows

Fuses Usage

F03 Trailer brake

F04 Heating, ventilation,and air conditioningblower

F05 Body controlmodule 2

F06 CGM

F07 –


F09 Amplifier

F10 –

F11 –

F12 –

F13 –

F14 Electronic shifter

F15 Transmission controlmodule

F16 Front heated seats

F17 Left data linkconnector

Fuses Usage


F19 Exterior mirror




F23 Electric steeringcolumn lock

F24 Sensing anddiagnostic module

F25 Occupancy sensor

F26 –

F27 Power seats

F28 Rear windows

F29 –

F30 Front heated seatsswitch

F31 Steering wheelcontrols


Vehicle Care 313

Fuses Usage


F33 Heating, ventilation,and air conditioning

F34 Passive entry,passive start

F35 Liftgate latch

F36 Wireless chargermodule/USBaccessory

F37 Cigarette lighter

F38 OnStar

F39 Instrumentpanel USB

F40 Camera module/Liftgate module

F41 Park assist module

F42 Radio

Relays Usage

K01 Deadbolt

K02 Retained accessorypower

Relays Usage

K03 Liftgate

K04 –

K05 Logistics

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 –

CB2 Auxiliary poweroutlet console

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a trim panel on the side ofthe rear compartment.

Remove the trim plate to access thefuse block.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.


314 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F1 Exhaust fuel heater

F2 Liftgate

Fuses Usage

F3 Trailer auxiliarypower

F4 PassengerPower Seat

F5 Memory seatmodule

F6 Sunroof

F7 Side blind zonealert

F8 Trailer reverselamps

F9 Rear heated seat 1

F10 Park Lamps

F11 Rear heated seat 2

F12 –

F13 Trailerparking lamp

F14 Right trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamp

F15 Left parking lamp

F16 Right parking lamp

Fuses Usage

F17 –

F18 Left trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamp

F19 All-wheel drive

F20 Lumbar

F21 Rear auxiliarypower outlet

F22 Rear drive unit

Relays Usage

K1 Right trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamp

K2 Trailer reverselamps

K3 Left trailerstoplamp/Turnsignal lamp

K4 Parking lamps

K5 Selective catalyticreduction (SCR) –(diesel only)


Vehicle Care 315

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 190.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.


316 Vehicle Care

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 316.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 331.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 316.


Vehicle Care 317

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 329.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the third


318 Vehicle Care

week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperature

resistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 332.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven at

speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 349 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 335.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.


Vehicle Care 319

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 322.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tire


320 Vehicle Care

is certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 322.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the

maximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 190.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 190.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 190.


Vehicle Care 321

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 190.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard.See Tire Pressure 0 322 andVehicle Load Limits 0 190.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.


322 Vehicle Care

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 330.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers using

government testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 332.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 190.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 190.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)


Vehicle Care 323

Warning (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 190.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 349.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, no

further adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor


324 Vehicle Care

the air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can

lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire

pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 324.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMS


Vehicle Care 325

sensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 190.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tire

pressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level andMidlevel) 0 141 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 146.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 190, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 322.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tire

maintenance. See Tire Inspection0 329, Tire Rotation 0 329 and Tires0 315.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 337 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.


326 Vehicle Care

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 331.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecome on and stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.


Vehicle Care 327

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turnsignal lamp will stop flashingand briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Do notexceed the maximum pressurelisted on the tire sidewall.See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 317and Vehicle Load Limits 0 190.

If the tire is overinflated by morethan 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn willsound multiple times and the turnsignal lamp will continue to flash forseveral seconds after filling stops.To release and correct the pressure,while the turn signal lamp is stillflashing, briefly press the center of

the valve stem. When therecommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers areon, the tire fill alert visual feedbackwill not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tirefill alert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from theinflation device is not sufficientto inflate the tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in thehorn or turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.

. The battery of the TPMS sensoris low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear


328 Vehicle Care

tire. See your dealer for service orto purchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 194.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo page option is turned on.The info pages on the DIC canbe turned on and off throughthe Options menu.

See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level andMidlevel) 0 141 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 146.

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold V in the centerof the DIC controls.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC display.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.


Vehicle Care 329

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 369.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment.See When It Is Time for NewTires 0 330 and WheelReplacement 0 334.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 322 andVehicle Load Limits 0 190.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 324.


330 Vehicle Care

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 383.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 329 and TireRotation 0 329.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be free


Vehicle Care 331

of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 317.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 329. However, if it is

necessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.


332 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,

load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 323.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 190.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, traction

control, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 331 andAccessories and Modifications0 276.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National Highway


Vehicle Care 333

Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the

norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.


334 Vehicle Care

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,

underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.


Vehicle Care 335

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 315. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot off


336 Vehicle Care

the accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorized

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 163.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.


Vehicle Care 337

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 344. Touse the tire sealant and compressorkit, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 337.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 203.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructions

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.


338 Vehicle Care

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 390.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the tire sealant canister.The tire sealant canister (4) shouldbe replaced before its expirationdate. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your localdealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.


Vehicle Care 339

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 163.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 335 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressorfrom its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 343.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.

5. Slide the base of the tiresealant canister (3) into the sloton the top of the compressor(6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

6. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.


340 Vehicle Care

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)to the tire valve stem by turningit clockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 115.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 322.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 390.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire.


Vehicle Care 341

Therefore, Steps 13–21 mustbe done immediately afterStep 12.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) toprevent sealant leakage.

19. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it ina highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–10 under “Using the

Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 390.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (4) at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.


342 Vehicle Care

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister

4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 163.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 335 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the compressor fromits storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 343.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 115.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.


Vehicle Care 343

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 322.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 390.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could bewarm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitThe tire sealant and compressor kitis in a bag in the rear compartmentstorage area.


2. Fold the rear part of the loadfloor to the front.


344 Vehicle Care

3. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise to remove thetire sealant and compressorkit bag.

4. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from the bag.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

1. Tow Eye (If Equipped)2. Capless Funnel Adapter (If

Equipped)3. Wheel Wrench4. Strap5. Jack6. Screwdriver (If Equipped)

To access the spare tire and tools:


2. Fold the rear part of the loadfloor to the front, pull itrearward to disengage theclips, then pull upward toremove it.

3. Pull the spare tire coverforward and upward toremove it.

4. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise to remove thespare tire. Place the spare tirenext to the tire being changed.

5. The jack and tools are storedbelow the spare tire. Removethem from their container andplace them near the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 335 for more information.

2. For vehicles with a wheel coveror center cap, pull the cover orcenter cap away from thewheel to remove it. Store the


Vehicle Care 345

wheel cover in the cargo areauntil you have the flat tirerepaired or replaced.

3. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.

Rear Shown, Front Similar

4. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest theflat tire.

Locate the notch on the sheetmetal weld flange. Place thecenter of the jack lift head onthe center of the sheet metalnotch.

The jack must not be used inany other position.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicle

(Continued)


346 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

damage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

5. Attach the wheel wrench to thejack by fitting both ends overone another.

6. Raise the vehicle by turning thewheel wrench clockwise. Raisethe vehicle far enough off theground so there is enoughroom for the road tire to clearthe ground.

7. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

8. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 347

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

9. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

10. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

11. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

12. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer when

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

using accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 383 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 383 for the wheel nut torquespecification.


348 Vehicle Care

13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

14. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire,tighten all five plastic caps handsnug with the aid of the wheelwrench and tighten them with thewheel wrench an additionalone-quarter of a turn.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

To store the flat tire:

1. Return the jack and tools totheir original storage location.

2. Replace the spare tire cover.

3. Replace the load floor.

4. Place the flat tire, lying flat, inthe rear storage compartment.

5. Route the loop end of the strapthrough one of the cargotie-downs in the rear of thevehicle.

Then route the hook throughthe loop and pull the strap totighten it around the cargotie-down.

6. Route the hook end of thestrap through the wheel.

7. Attach one end of the strap toa cargo tie-down in the rear ofthe vehicle.


Vehicle Care 349

8. Route the strap through thewheel, as shown.

9. Attach the other end of thestrap to the other cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

10. Tighten the strap.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as possible.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread of

the spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.


350 Vehicle Care

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 299.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 275 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.


Vehicle Care 351

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Discharged BatteryNegative Grounding Stud

2. Discharged Battery PositiveTerminal

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start negative groundingstud (1) for the discharged battery isto the left of the windshield washerfluid reservoir.

The jump start positive terminal onthe discharged battery (2) is locatedin the engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle.

The jump start positive terminal (3)and negative terminal (4) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or N (Neutral)with a manual transmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.


352 Vehicle Care

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) grounding stud forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.


Vehicle Care 353

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire while loading thevehicle. Do not use a sling typelift to tow the vehicle. This coulddamage the vehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.

The vehicle is equipped with a toweye. Only use the tow eye to pullthe vehicle onto a flatbed car carrierfrom a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.

The tow eye is stored underneaththe load floor, near the spare tire orthe compressor kit, if equipped.

Front Tow Eye

Carefully open the cover by usingthe small notch that conceals thefront tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socketand turn it until it is fully tightened.

When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Rear Tow Eye

If the vehicle is equipped with ahitch, there is no provision to usethe tow eye in the rear of thevehicle. The hitch may be used toload the vehicle onto a flatbed towtruck.


354 Vehicle Care

If equipped, carefully open the coverby using the small notch thatconceals the rear tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socketand turn it until it is fully tightened.

When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 354.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. Before towing the vehicle,become familiar with the locallaws that apply to recreationalvehicle towing. These laws mayvary by region.

. The towing capacity of thetowing vehicle. Be sure to readthe tow vehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle will betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. The proper towing equipment.See your dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. If the vehicle is ready to betowed. Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.


Vehicle Care 355

Dinghy Towing

Front-wheel-drive (1.5 L gas, 2.0Lgas, and 1.6L diesel engine) andall-wheel-drive (2.0L gas and 1.6Ldiesel engine) vehicles may bedinghy towed from the front. Thesevehicles can also be towed byplacing them on a platform trailerwith all four wheels off of theground. All other engine/transmission combinations must betowed by platform trailer. Also seethe information on dolly towing laterin this section.

For vehicles being dinghy towed,the vehicle should be run at thebeginning of each day and at eachRV fuel stop for about five minutes.This will ensure proper lubrication oftransmission components.

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith all four wheels on the ground:

1. Position the vehicle to betowed and secure it to thetowing vehicle.

2. Start the vehicle.

3. If equipped with AWD, engagethe AWD system and confirmthat it is on. See All-WheelDrive 0 214.

4. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

5. Then, put the vehicle intoService Mode by pressingENGINE START/STOP one

time without the brake pedalapplied. An amber light willappear in the button when inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 194.

The chime will ringcontinuously for 30 minutes.Leave the transmission inN (Neutral).

6. Turn off all accessories that arenot needed.

It is required to charge the battery ofthe towed vehicle duringrecreational vehicle towing.

Caution

If the vehicle is towed withoutperforming each of the stepslisted under “Dinghy Towing,” theautomatic transmission and AWDsystem could be damaged. Besure to follow all steps of thedinghy towing procedure prior toand after towing the vehicle.


356 Vehicle Care

Caution

If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceededwhile towing the vehicle, it couldbe damaged. Never exceed105 km/h (65 mph) while towingthe vehicle.

Once the destination is reached:


2. Shift the transmission toP (Park).


4. Start the engine and let it idlefor more than three minutesbefore driving the vehicle.

Caution

Do not tow a vehicle with the frontdrive wheels on the ground if oneof the front tires is a compactspare tire. Towing with twodifferent tire sizes on the front ofthe vehicle can cause severedamage to the transmission.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-DriveVehicles)

All-wheel-drive vehicles cannot betowed with two wheels on theground. To properly tow thesevehicles, they should be placed ona platform trailer with all four wheelsoff the ground.

Dolly Towing(Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith the rear wheels on the ground:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Move the shift lever toP (Park).


4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.


Vehicle Care 357

Towing the Vehicle fromthe Rear

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 378.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


358 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.


Vehicle Care 359

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.


360 Vehicle Care. Aftermarket appearance caps or

covers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increasefuel economy. Keep the shuttersystem clean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and

a buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 378.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.


Vehicle Care 361

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such as

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

dust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses siliconecarbide tire/wheel cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper attachment,connections, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake

pads for wear and rotors for surfacecondition. Inspect drum brakelinings/shoes for wear or cracks.Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steelfuel door hinges, and power assiststep hinges, unless the componentsare plastic. Applying silicone greaseon weatherstrips with a clean clothwill make them last longer, sealbetter, and not stick or squeak.


362 Vehicle Care

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately remove

hand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.


Vehicle Care 363. Do not use laundry detergents or

dishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth


364 Vehicle Care

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 365

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.


366 Vehicle Care. Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mat

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two retainers.

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock each retainerand remove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 367

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 367

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 369

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Additional Maintenanceand Care

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 381

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


368 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 190.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel.See Recommended Fuel (LYX -1.5L L4 Turbo Engine) 0 251 orRecommended Fuel (LTG - 2.0LL4 Turbo Engine) 0 251.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 276.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 284.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 322.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 329.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 296.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil and

filter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 288.

On vehicles with diesel engines, it isrecommended to drain the dieselfuel filter of water when the oil ischanged or when the WATER INFUEL CONTACT SERVICEmessage displays.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevityand efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 329.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system.See Engine Oil 0 284 andEngine Oil Life System 0 288.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 291.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 296.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 322.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 329.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 289.


370 Service and Maintenance. Inspect brake system. See

Exterior Care 0 357.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missingparts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 357.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 76.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 357.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 300.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 300.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 301.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen ability is low, service thegas strut. See Gas Strut(s)0 303.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 337.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 54.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.Drain the diesel fuel filter of water. (Diesel Only)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Diesel Engine Only: Replace fuel filter. (3) @ @ @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filter

replacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, window

fogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.



(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or as indicated by the DriverInformation Center (DIC) ortwo years whichever comes first.The fuel filter may need to bereplaced more often based onbiodiesel usage, driving in climateswith severe dust, off-road driving,or towing a trailer for extendedperiods.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 291.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 298.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 301.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.Drain the diesel fuel filter of water. (Diesel Only)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Diesel Engine Only: Replace fuel filter. (3) @ @ @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or as indicated by the DriverInformation Center (DIC) ortwo years whichever comes first.The fuel filter may need to bereplaced more often based onbiodiesel usage, driving in climateswith severe dust, off-road driving,or towing a trailer for extendedperiods.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 291.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 298.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 301.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 357.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 378 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 362 andExterior Care 0 357.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.


Service and Maintenance 377. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Diesel Exhaust Aftertreatment System Diesel Exhaust Fluid (GM Part No. 19286291, in Canada 88865751) ordiesel exhaust fluid that meets ISO 22241-1 or displays the API DieselExhaust Fluid Certification Mark.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Cooling System 0 291.

Engine Oil (Diesel) Engine oil meeting the dexos2 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos2 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 284.

Engine Oil (Gasoline) Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 284.

Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19299819).

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23279657 A3226C

Engine Oil Filter

1.5L L4 Gas Engine 12640445 PF64

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine 55588497 PF2264G

2.0L L4 Gas Engine 12640445 PF64

Fuel Filter

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine 84186990 TP1016

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Spark Plugs

1.5L L4 Gas Engine 12673527 41-153



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

2.0L L4 Gas Engine 12647827 41-125

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 23368186 —

Passenger Side – 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 23353587 —

Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 84215609 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


382 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Service Parts Identification

Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 385

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 383 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label on the insideof the glove box that contains thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options and specialequipment

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


Technical Data 383

Vehicle Data

Capacities and Specifications

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System

1.5L L4 Gas Engine 6.6 L 7.0 qt

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine 7.5 L 7.9 qt

2.0L L4 Gas Engine 7.8 L 8.2 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

1.5L L4 Gas Engine AWD 5.0 L 5.3 qt

1.5L L4 Gas Engine FWD 4.0 L 4.2 qt

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine 5.0 L 5.3 qt

2.0L L4 Gas Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt

2.0L L4 Gas Engine FWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt

Fuel Tank

FWD 56.0 L 14.8 gal


384 Technical Data

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

AWD 59.0 L 15.6 gal

Transfer Case Fluid 0.8 L 0.85 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

1.5L L4 Gas Engine V Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine U Automatic —

2.0L L4 Gas Engine X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)


Technical Data 385

Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.5L L4 Gas Engine

1.6L L4 Diesel Engine

2.0L L4 Gas Engine


386 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 389Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 389GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 393Publication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 398OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 399

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


Customer Information 387

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One



and Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call

the General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 382.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information (ifequipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada)www.chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.


390 Customer Information. Download owner’s manuals.

. Find theChevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner or



driver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner's

responsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not a

regularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.


392 Customer Information. Alternative Service: If

assistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,

unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.



customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 390.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number


Customer Information 395. Vehicle make, model, and

model year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 82.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.



Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and Economic

Development (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 402.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


400 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


OnStar 401

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


402 OnStar

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQ to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement, and Software Terms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


OnStar 403

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.


404 OnStar

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features

to function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 273. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data or


OnStar 405

settings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned that

the privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that the

above copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, use


406 OnStar

or other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,

Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with the

distribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”


OnStar 407

without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


408 Connected Services

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, press= to open the

OnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles press=as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat



Connected Services 409

2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some


410 Connected Services

vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app informationand compatibility, seemy.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,

factory-installed remote start, andpower locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles press= as follows.


Connected Services 411

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle's key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.chevrolet.com. Message anddata rates may apply.


412 Index

Index AAbout Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 2Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 224Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 273Additional Information

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375Adjustments

Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .60Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 289Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .169, 171Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Passenger Sensing System . . . .83What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .79

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Passenger Status Indicator . . . 131Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 246

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .214, 300Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 214

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Appearance Care

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239


Index 413

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 235

Auto StopStop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Shift Lock Control Function

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

BBattery

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Battery - North America . . . .299, 350Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 301Brake

Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 134

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 243

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 194Bulb Replacement

Front Turn Signal and FogLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 306Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114California

Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .275, 299, 350,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Carbon Monoxide

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 107Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Charging

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 132Check

Engine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .91Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89


414 Index

Child Restraints (cont'd)Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 104Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 169Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . .120, 124Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . 254Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 393Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 337Connected Services

Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 409

ControlTraction and Electronic

Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Coolant

Engine Temperature Gauge . . 129Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169, 171Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392Cover

Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Covers

Rear Compartment/StoragePanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 224Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Customer InformationPublications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Customer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 393Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data Collection

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 399OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 398Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Diagnostics

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . .411Diesel Exhaust Fluid . . . . . . . . 28, 205Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 204Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Door

Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38


Index 415

Door (cont'd)Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 385Drive Systems

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 214, 300Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 234Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .141, 146Driving

Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 239Characteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .27Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 187If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 189Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 181Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 190Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Dual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 215Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 134Electrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Electrical System

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 308Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Emergency

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401Engine

Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Check Light (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 279Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 385Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Engine (cont'd)Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 203Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

EnginesDiesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 398Exhaust Fluid

Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 160Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

FFeatures

Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Replacement (Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . 258Filter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 289Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162


416 Index

Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 163Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Fluid

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 289Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Diesel Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 242Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Frequency Statement

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396Front Fog Lamp

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Front Pedestrian Braking

(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Front Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .64

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . 254Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Fuel (cont'd)Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262, 263Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . 259, 260Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 258Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 139Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Running out of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 258Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Water in Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . 252Fuses

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 308Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

GaugesEngine Coolant

Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 367Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 163Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162


Index 417

Headlamps (cont'd)Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Front Turn Signal and Fog

Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 139High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 162Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 140

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169, 171High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 187Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 217Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169, 171

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Indicator

Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 395

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . .120, 124Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 51Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

KKeyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .30Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 317Lamps

Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Lamps (cont'd)Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 162Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Malfunction Indicator

(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 246Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 248Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 136Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72LATCH System

Replacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166


418 Index

Lighting (cont'd)Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 165LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 134Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Check Engine (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) . . . 139Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 134Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 138Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 162Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 130Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Service Electric Parking

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Lights (cont'd)Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Wait to Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 139Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381Maintenance and Care

Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 369

Maintenance Schedule (cont'd)Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 132Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Messages

Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Automatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 51Monitor System, Tire

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323


Index 419

NNavigation

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 408Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 194

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 288Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 89Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 389OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399OnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402Operation

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

PPark

Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Parking

Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 301

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 202

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 235

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 83Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 136Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 276Personalization

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 200Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 75Privacy

Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 398Program

Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 392Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Proposition

65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .275, 299, 350,

Back CoverPublication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 396Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Rear Compartment/Storage

Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68


420 Index

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 235Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 113Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Recommended

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 354Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Replacement Parts

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 89Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 397General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd)U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Roads

Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390Roof

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 385Running out of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

SSafety Defects Reporting

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 397General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 392

Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .76Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .75

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .64Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .60Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .59Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102, 104

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176


Index 421

Service (cont'd)Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Climate Control System . . . . . . . 169Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 276Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 381Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Parts Identification Label . . . . . 382Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 392

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Shift Lock Control Function

Check, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 246Signals, Turn and

Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Spare Tire

Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Special Application Services . . . . 374

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 36Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 300Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Storage Areas

Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Rear Compartment/Storage

Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 107Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Struts

Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168, 399Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 389Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 49

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319


422 Index

Tires (cont'd)Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Pressure Monitor Operation . . 324Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 323Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Sealant and Compressor

Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Terminology and Definitions . . 320Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 334When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 135Towing

Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 264

Towing (cont'd)Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271General Information . . . . . . . . . . 264Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 354Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

TractionControl System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 137Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

TrailerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 332Universal Remote System . . . . . . 156

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Universal Remote System (cont'd)Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Identification Number (VIN) . . . 382Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 136Vehicle Care

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 343

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Vehicle Data Recording and

Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54


Index 423

WWait to Start Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Warning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 134Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 248

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Water in Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance . . 334Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 95

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 301Wipers

Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

2019 Equinox

EquinoxOwner’s Manual

84134729 Achevrolet.com (U.S.)chevrolet.ca (Canada)

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

19_CHEV_Equinox_COV_en_US_84134729A_2018APR13.ai 1 4/4/2018 12:06:28 PM19_CHEV_Equinox_COV_en_US_84134729A_2018APR13.ai 1 4/4/2018 12:06:28 PM

Documents

2019 Equinox - my.chevrolet.com · Using this Manual To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is